1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1709 2005/01/12 04:32:31 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11 10 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS 11 is active. 12 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed 13 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 14 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 15 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while 16 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 17 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 18 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the 19 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at 20 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy 21 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant. 22 238.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15 24 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal 25 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would 26 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by 27 Simple Nomad of BindView. 28 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking 29 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses. 30 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University. 31 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between 32 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more 33 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad 34 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by 35 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 36 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC 37 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services. 38 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size 39 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g., 40 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark. 41 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut 42 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki. 43 Add more logging to milter change header functions to 44 complement existing logging. Based on patch from 45 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 46 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined. 47 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart. 48 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address 49 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones; 50 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO. 51 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog 52 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 53 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after 54 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered. 55 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk. 56 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow 57 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main(). 58 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark. 59 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem 60 noted by Nelson Fung. 61 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access 62 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park. 63 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted 64 by Nelson Fung. 65 Portability: 66 Add support for DragonFly BSD. 67 New Files: 68 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4 69 devtools/OS/DragonFly 70 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h 71 Deleted Files: 72 libsm/vsscanf.c 73 748.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 75 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 76 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 77 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 78 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 79 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 80 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 81 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 82 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 83 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 84 by David Russell. 85 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 86 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 87 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 88 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 89 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 90 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 91 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 92 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 93 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 94 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 95 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 96 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 97 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 98 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 99 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 100 Bielefeld. 101 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 102 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 103 Portability: 104 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 105 noted by Geoff Adams. 106 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 107 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 108 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 109 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 110 incompatibilities with various *roff related 111 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 112 New Files: 113 doc/op/README 114 1158.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 116 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 117 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 118 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 119 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 120 University. 121 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 122 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 123 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 124 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 125 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 126 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 127 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 128 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 129 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 130 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 131 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 132 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 133 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 134 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 135 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 136 of cf/README for more information. 137 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 138 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 139 the LDAP library. 140 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 141 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 142 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 143 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 144 library supports it. 145 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 146 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 147 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 148 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 149 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 150 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 151 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 152 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 153 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 154 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 155 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 156 determines the length of the interval for which the 157 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 158 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 159 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 160 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 161 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 162 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 163 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 164 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 165 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 166 during that connection. 167 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 168 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 169 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 170 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 171 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 172 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 173 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 174 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 175 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 176 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 177 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 178 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 179 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 180 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 181 sendmail. 182 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 183 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 184 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 185 Mines de Paris. 186 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 187 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 188 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 189 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 190 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 191 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 192 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 193 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 194 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 195 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 196 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 197 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 198 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 199 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 200 by Sander Eerkes. 201 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 202 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 203 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 204 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 205 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 206 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 207 operates on lost queue items. 208 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 209 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 210 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 211 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 212 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 213 quarantine reason. 214 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 215 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 216 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 217 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 218 "QUARANTINE:". 219 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 220 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 221 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 222 be used for the quarantine reason. 223 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 224 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 225 message if it is quarantined. 226 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 227 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 228 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 229 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 230 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 231 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 232 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 233 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 234 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 235 recipients received so far in a transaction. 236 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 237 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 238 noted by Kai Schlichting. 239 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 240 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 241 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 242 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 243 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 244 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 245 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 246 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 247 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 248 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 249 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 250 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 251 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 252 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 253 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 254 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 255 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 256 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 257 of the University of Manitoba. 258 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 259 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 260 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 261 is active. 262 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 263 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 264 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 265 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 266 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 267 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 268 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 269 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 270 overwrite each other's pid files. 271 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 272 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 273 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 274 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 275 LogLevel 12 or higher. 276 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 277 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 278 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 279 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 280 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 281 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 282 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 283 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 284 of Sun Microsystems. 285 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 286 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 287 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 288 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 289 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 290 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 291 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 292 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 293 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 294 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 295 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 296 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 297 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 298 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 299 further information. 300 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 301 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 302 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 303 queue return and warning times for delivery status 304 notifications. 305 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 306 at all. 307 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 308 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 309 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 310 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 311 for DaemonPortOptions. 312 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 313 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 314 of Northern Illinois University. 315 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 316 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 317 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 318 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 319 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 320 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 321 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 322 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 323 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 324 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 325 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 326 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 327 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 328 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 329 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 330 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 331 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 332 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 333 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 334 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 335 HOSTALIASES. 336 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 337 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 338 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 339 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 340 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 341 Oleg Bulyzhin. 342 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 343 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 344 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 345 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 346 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 347 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 348 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 349 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 350 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 351 Portability: 352 Two new compile options have been added: 353 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 354 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 355 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 356 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 357 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 358 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 359 programs to match locking techniques. 360 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 361 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 362 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 363 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 364 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 365 Center for Scientific Computing. 366 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 367 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 368 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 369 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 370 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 371 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 372 from Mark Funkenhauser. 373 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 374 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 375 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 376 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 377 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 378 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 379 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 380 of Northern Illinois University. 381 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 382 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 383 the message using the given reason. 384 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 385 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 386 DNS records than just A. 387 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 388 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 389 connections is maintained. 390 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 391 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 392 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 393 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 394 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 395 slamming protection described above. The feature can 396 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 397 use the access database to look the pause time based on 398 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 399 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 400 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 401 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 402 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 403 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 404 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 405 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 406 interval when refusing connections for this long. 407 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 408 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 409 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 410 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 411 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 412 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 413 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 414 to follow the naming conventions. 415 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 416 the A= argument. 417 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 418 local_lmtp. 419 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 420 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 421 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 422 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 423 its rules. 424 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 425 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 426 status notifications. 427 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 428 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 429 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 430 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 431 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 432 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 433 doc/op/op.me. 434 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 435 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 436 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 437 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 438 certificate revocations lists. 439 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 440 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 441 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 442 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 443 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 444 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 445 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 446 for more information. 447 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 448 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 449 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 450 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 451 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 452 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 453 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 454 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 455 of LifeLine Networks. 456 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 457 Derek J. Balling. 458 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 459 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 460 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 461 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 462 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 463 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 464 Filters which use this function must include the 465 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 466 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 467 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 468 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 469 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 470 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 471 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 472 resetting the timeout. 473 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 474 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 475 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 476 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 477 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 478 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 479 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 480 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 481 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 482 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 483 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 484 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 485 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 486 from Bryan Costales. 487 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 488 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 489 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 490 amendments to support header insertion operations. 491 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 492 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 493 Informations Services. 494 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 495 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 496 instead of '#'. 497 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 498 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 499 headers. 500 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 501 for the auto-response message. 502 New Files: 503 CACerts 504 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 505 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 506 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 507 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 508 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 509 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 510 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 511 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 512 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 513 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 514 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 515 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 516 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 517 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 518 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 519 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 520 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 521 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 522 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 523 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 524 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 525 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 526 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 527 sendmail/ratectrl.c 528 Deleted Files: 529 cf/feature/nodns.m4 530 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 531 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 532 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 533 libsm/vsprintf.c 534 Renamed Files: 535 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 536 5378.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 538 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 539 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 540 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 541 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 542 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 543 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 544 Techfirm, Inc. 545 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 546 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 547 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 548 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 549 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 550 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 551 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 552 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 553 recipient address also against the printable addresses 554 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 555 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 556 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 557 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 558 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 559 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 560 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 561 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 562 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 563 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 564 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 565 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 566 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 567 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 568 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 569 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 570 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 571 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 572 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 573 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 574 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 575 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 576 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 577 external application that accesses qf files. 578 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 579 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 580 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 581 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 582 Breyha. 583 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 584 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 585 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 586 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 587 environment. 588 Portability: 589 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 590 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 591 Sun Microsystems. 592 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 593 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 594 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 595 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 596 New Files: 597 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 598 5998.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 600 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 601 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 602 of Courtesan Consulting. 603 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 604 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 605 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 606 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 607 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 608 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 609 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 610 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 611 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 612 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 613 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 614 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 615 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 616 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 617 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 618 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 619 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 620 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 621 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 622 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 623 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 624 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 625 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 626 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 627 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 628 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 629 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 630 to make sure they match. 631 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 632 in the kernel. 633 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 634 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 635 Bart Duchesne. 636 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 637 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 638 Craig Hunt. 639 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 640 from Jerome Borsboom. 641 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 642 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 643 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 644 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 645 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 646 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 647 after the close() and before the truncate(). 648 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 649 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 650 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 651 Portability: 652 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 653 of Washington for providing access to a computer 654 with AIX 5.2. 655 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 656 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 657 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 658 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 659 of Harker Systems. 660 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 661 your Linux distribution, compile with 662 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 663 Added Files: 664 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 665 6668.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 667 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 668 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 669 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 670 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 671 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 672 includes DNS. 673 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 674 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 675 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 676 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 677 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 678 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 679 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 680 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 681 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 682 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 683 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 684 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 685 by Derek Wueppelmann. 686 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 687 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 688 College London. 689 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 690 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 691 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 692 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 693 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 694 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 695 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 696 text file instead of the database map. 697 Portability: 698 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 699 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 700 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 701 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 702 7038.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 704 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 705 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 706 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 707 of ISS X-Force. 708 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 709 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 710 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 711 Stanford University Compilation Group. 712 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 713 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 714 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 715 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 716 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 717 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 718 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 719 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 720 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 721 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 722 7238.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 724 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 725 across various connections. This could cause session 726 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 727 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 728 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 729 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 730 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 731 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 732 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 733 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 734 Erik Parker. 735 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 736 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 737 is used. 738 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 739 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 740 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 741 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 742 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 743 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 744 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 745 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 746 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 747 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 748 of 11 or higher. 749 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 750 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 751 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 752 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 753 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 754 to be run even if Runners=0. 755 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 756 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 757 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 758 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 759 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 760 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 761 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 762 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 763 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 764 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 765 by John Majikes of IBM. 766 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 767 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 768 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 769 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 770 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 771 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 772 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 773 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 774 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 775 noted by Matthias Andree. 776 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 777 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 778 Portability: 779 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 780 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 781 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 782 an argument, hence the builtin version of 783 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 784 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 785 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 786 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 787 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 788 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 789 of the TrustedBSD Project. 790 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 791 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 792 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 793 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 794 Corporation. 795 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 796 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 797 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 798 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 799 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 800 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 801 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 802 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 803 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 804 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 805 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 806 in the file itself. 807 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 808 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 809 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 810 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 811 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 812 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 813 relay. 814 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 815 in access_db. 816 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 817 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 818 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 819 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 820 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 821 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 822 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 823 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 824 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 825 Sun Microsystems. 826 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 827 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 828 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 829 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 830 iDEFENSE, Inc. 831 New Files: 832 devtools/OS/Interix 833 include/sm/bdb.h 834 8358.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 836 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 837 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 838 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 839 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 840 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 841 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 842 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 843 Courtesan Consulting. 844 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 845 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 846 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 847 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 848 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 849 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 850 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 851 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 852 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 853 Earickson of Colby College. 854 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 855 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 856 Courtesan Consulting. 857 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 858 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 859 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 860 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 861 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 862 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 863 execve(). 864 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 865 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 866 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 867 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 868 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 869 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 870 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 871 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 872 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 873 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 874 supposed for addresses on the header content. 875 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 876 Portability: 877 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 878 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 879 fix from Scott Walters. 880 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 881 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 882 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 883 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 884 NETISO support has been dropped. 885 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 886 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 887 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 888 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 889 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 890 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 891 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 892 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 893 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 894 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 895 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 896 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 897 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 898 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 899 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 900 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 901 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 902 University. 903 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 904 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 905 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 906 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 907 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 908 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 909 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 910 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 911 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 912 New Files: 913 contrib/etrn.0 914 9158.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 916 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 917 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 918 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 919 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 920 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 921 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 922 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 923 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 924 with rogue DNS servers. 925 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 926 by Bryan Costales. 927 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 928 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 929 Costales. 930 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 931 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 932 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 933 Polytechnic Institute. 934 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 935 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 936 Portability: 937 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 938 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 939 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 940 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 941 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 942 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 943 8.13 will change the default locking method to 944 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 945 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 946 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 947 related programs to match locking techniques. 948 9498.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 950 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 951 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 952 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 953 section of the top level README for more information. 954 Problem noted by lumpy. 955 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 956 instead of 0644. 957 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 958 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 959 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 960 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 961 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 962 Purdue University. 963 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 964 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 965 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 966 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 967 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 968 of Active State. 969 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 970 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 971 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 972 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 973 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 974 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 975 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 976 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 977 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 978 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 979 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 980 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 981 or the queue. 982 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 983 user who started sendmail. 984 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 985 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 986 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 987 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 988 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 989 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 990 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 991 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 992 Portability: 993 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 994 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 995 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 996 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 997 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 998 Charles University in Prague. 999 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 1000 memory. 1001 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 1002 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1003 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 1004 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 1005 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1006 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 1007 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 1008 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 1009 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 1010 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 1011 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 1012 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 1013 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 1014 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 1015 noted by Bryan Costales. 1016 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 1017 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1018 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 1019 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 1020 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 1021 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1022 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 1023 match dnsbl change. 1024 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 1025 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 1026 installing the sendmail statistics file. 1027 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 1028 a user's filter starts other applications. 1029 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 1030 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 1031 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 1032 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1033 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1034 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 1035 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 1036 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 1037 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 1038 noted by Bryan Costales. 1039 New Files: 1040 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 1041 10428.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 1043 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 1044 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 1045 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 1046 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 1047 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 1048 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 1049 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 1050 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 1051 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 1052 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 1053 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 1054 University. 1055 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 1056 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 1057 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 1058 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 1059 of INTERMETA. 1060 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 1061 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 1062 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 1063 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 1064 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1065 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1066 ActiveState. 1067 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1068 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1069 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1070 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1071 Northern Illinois University. 1072 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1073 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1074 of Dinoex. 1075 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1076 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1077 Polytechnic Institute. 1078 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1079 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1080 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1081 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1082 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1083 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1084 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1085 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1086 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1087 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1088 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1089 missing arguments. 1090 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1091 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1092 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1093 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1094 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1095 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1096 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1097 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1098 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1099 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1100 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1101 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1102 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1103 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1104 of Concordia University. 1105 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1106 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1107 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1108 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1109 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1110 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1111 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1112 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1113 Elvers. 1114 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1115 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1116 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1117 total number of TCP connections. 1118 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1119 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1120 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1121 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1122 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1123 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1124 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1125 Texas. 1126 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1127 to 451. 1128 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1129 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1130 patch by Bryan Costales. 1131 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1132 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1133 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1134 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1135 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1136 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1137 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1138 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1139 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1140 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1141 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1142 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1143 command). 1144 Portability: 1145 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1146 available. 1147 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1148 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1149 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1150 Skyrr. 1151 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1152 noted by John Beck. 1153 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1154 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1155 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1156 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1157 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1158 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1159 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1160 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1161 error. 1162 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1163 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1164 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1165 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1166 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1167 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1168 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1169 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1170 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1171 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1172 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1173 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1174 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1175 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1176 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1177 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1178 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1179 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1180 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1181 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1182 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1183 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1184 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1185 noted by John Beck. 1186 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1187 if queue groups are used. 1188 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1189 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1190 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1191 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1192 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1193 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1194 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1195 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1196 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1197 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1198 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1199 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 1200 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 1201 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 1202 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 1203 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 1204 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1205 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 1206 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 1207 ldap_memfree(). 1208 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1209 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1210 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 1211 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 1212 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 1213 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 1214 San Francisco. 1215 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 1216 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 1217 Joe Barbish. 1218 New Files: 1219 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 1220 12218.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 1222 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 1223 at startup, only log an error message. 1224 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 1225 following -b) has been specified. 1226 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 1227 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 1228 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1229 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 1230 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 1231 Regensburg. 1232 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 1233 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 1234 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 1235 Institute of Mining and Technology. 1236 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 1237 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1238 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1239 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 1240 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 1241 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1242 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 1243 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 1244 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1245 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 1246 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 1247 SMTP connections. 1248 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 1249 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 1250 and Technology. 1251 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 1252 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 1253 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1254 Meteorological Institute. 1255 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 1256 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 1257 Online. 1258 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 1259 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 1260 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 1261 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 1262 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 1263 types, respectively. 1264 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 1265 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 1266 of Virginia Tech. 1267 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 1268 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 1269 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1270 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 1271 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1272 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 1273 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 1274 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 1275 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 1276 of Vienna. 1277 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 1278 of Sun Microsystems. 1279 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 1280 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 1281 with servers that do not support realms when using 1282 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 1283 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 1284 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 1285 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1286 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 1287 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 1288 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 1289 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 1290 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 1291 instead of forcing localhost. 1292 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 1293 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 1294 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 1295 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1296 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 1297 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 1298 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 1299 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1300 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1301 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 1302 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 1303 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 1304 Compaq Computer Corp. 1305 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 1306 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 1307 Tech. 1308 Portability: 1309 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 1310 patch provided by HP. 1311 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 1312 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 1313 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 1314 Sachin of Siemens. 1315 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 1316 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 1317 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 1318 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 1319 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 1320 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 1321 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 1322 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 1323 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1324 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 1325 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 1326 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 1327 Hewlett-Packard. 1328 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 1329 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 1330 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1331 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 1332 Virginia Tech. 1333 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 1334 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 1335 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 1336 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1337 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 1338 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 1339 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 1340 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 1341 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1342 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 1343 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 1344 Florida. 1345 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 1346 Altin Waldmann. 1347 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 1348 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 1349 Hewlett-Packard. 1350 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 1351 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 1352 of MSFU. 1353 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 1354 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1355 Institute. 1356 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 1357 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 1358 to free memory twice. 1359 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 1360 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 1361 of Sun Microsystems. 1362 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 1363 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 1364 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 1365 University of Athens. 1366 New Files: 1367 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 1368 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 1369 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 1370 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 1371 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 1372 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 1373 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 1374 libsm/mpeix.c 1375 13768.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 1377 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 1378 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 1379 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 1380 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 1381 found by Michal Zalewski. 1382 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 1383 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 1384 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 1385 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 1386 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 1387 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1388 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 1389 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 1390 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 1391 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 1392 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 1393 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 1394 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 1395 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 1396 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 1397 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 1398 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 1399 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 1400 canonical name for a host. 1401 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 1402 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 1403 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 1404 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 1405 Portability: 1406 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 1407 `uname` does not given complete information. 1408 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 1409 Aircraft Company. 1410 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 1411 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 1412 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 1413 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1414 Courtesan Consulting. 1415 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 1416 problems with potential misconfigurations. 1417 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 1418 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 1419 Technology Organisation of Australia. 1420 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 1421 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 1422 then use it. 1423 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 1424 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 1425 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 1426 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1427 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 1428 and vacation. 1429 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 1430 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 1431 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 1432 New Files: 1433 test/Build 1434 test/Makefile 1435 test/Makefile.m4 1436 test/README 1437 test/t_dropgid.c 1438 test/t_setgid.c 1439 Deleted Files: 1440 include/sm/stdio.h 1441 include/sm/sysstat.h 1442 14438.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 1444 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 1445 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 1446 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 1447 default). The installation process tries to install 1448 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 1449 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 1450 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 1451 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 1452 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 1453 flags: 1454 GroupWritableForwardFile 1455 WorldWritableForwardFile 1456 GroupWritableIncludeFile 1457 WorldWritableIncludeFile 1458 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 1459 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 1460 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 1461 (IdS). 1462 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 1463 point where the variable could become overused for more than 1464 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 1465 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 1466 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 1467 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 1468 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 1469 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 1470 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 1471 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 1472 see sendmail/SECURITY. 1473 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 1474 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1475 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 1476 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 1477 sendmail/SECURITY. 1478 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 1479 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 1480 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 1481 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 1482 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 1483 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 1484 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 1485 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 1486 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 1487 command has been removed. 1488 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 1489 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 1490 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 1491 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 1492 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 1493 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 1494 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 1495 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 1496 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 1497 supported. 1498 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 1499 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 1500 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 1501 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 1502 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 1503 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 1504 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 1505 creation rather than just before delivery. 1506 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 1507 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 1508 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 1509 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 1510 preference matches (coattail). 1511 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 1512 try other MX hosts if available. 1513 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 1514 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 1515 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 1516 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 1517 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 1518 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 1519 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 1520 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 1521 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 1522 removed in future versions. 1523 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 1524 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 1525 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 1526 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 1527 doc/op/op.me for details. 1528 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 1529 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 1530 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 1531 of the presented certificate, respectively. 1532 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 1533 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 1534 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1535 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 1536 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 1537 enough on a per recipient basis. 1538 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 1539 for STARTTLS. 1540 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 1541 value "NOT". 1542 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 1543 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 1544 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 1545 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1546 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 1547 really required. This change results in a noticable 1548 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 1549 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 1550 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 1551 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1552 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 1553 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 1554 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 1555 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 1556 command line, then the value also limits the number of 1557 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 1558 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 1559 by a queue run. 1560 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 1561 system each queue directory resides in. 1562 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 1563 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 1564 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 1565 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 1566 collected together) to process the same work list at the 1567 same time. 1568 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 1569 active queue runner processes. 1570 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 1571 runners per queue group. 1572 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 1573 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 1574 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 1575 of the queue that match during processing. 1576 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 1577 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 1578 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 1579 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 1580 persistent queue runner. 1581 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 1582 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 1583 sendmail -q15m). 1584 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 1585 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1586 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 1587 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 1588 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 1589 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 1590 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 1591 of the qf file (older entries first). 1592 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 1593 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 1594 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 1595 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 1596 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 1597 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 1598 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 1599 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 1600 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 1601 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 1602 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 1603 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 1604 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 1605 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1606 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 1607 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 1608 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 1609 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 1610 details. 1611 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 1612 the number of entries in the queue(s). 1613 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 1614 and the usual documentation for details. 1615 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 1616 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 1617 announced in 8.10. 1618 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 1619 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 1620 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 1621 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1622 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 1623 -r (number of retries). 1624 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 1625 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 1626 and value separated by the given separator. 1627 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 1628 to map class arith. 1629 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 1630 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 1631 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 1632 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 1633 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 1634 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 1635 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 1636 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 1637 filenames with spaces). 1638 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 1639 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 1640 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 1641 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 1642 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 1643 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 1644 to the loopback net. 1645 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 1646 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 1647 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 1648 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 1649 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 1650 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 1651 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 1652 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 1653 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 1654 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 1655 Development Group. 1656 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 1657 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 1658 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 1659 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 1660 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 1661 load average is exceeded. 1662 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 1663 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 1664 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 1665 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 1666 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1667 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 1668 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 1669 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 1670 instead. 1671 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 1672 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 1673 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 1674 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 1675 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1676 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 1677 for direct (command line) submissions. 1678 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 1679 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 1680 Hagino of the KAME Project. 1681 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 1682 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 1683 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 1684 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 1685 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 1686 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 1687 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 1688 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 1689 before logging. 1690 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 1691 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 1692 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 1693 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 1694 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 1695 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 1696 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 1697 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 1698 of the Universitat Regensburg. 1699 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 1700 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 1701 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 1702 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 1703 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 1704 See libsm/index.html for details. 1705 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 1706 care of by fork() and exit(). 1707 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 1708 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 1709 new and old (from new libsm). 1710 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 1711 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 1712 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 1713 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 1714 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 1715 synchronizations calls. 1716 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 1717 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 1718 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 1719 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 1720 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 1721 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 1722 for details. 1723 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 1724 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 1725 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 1726 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1727 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 1728 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 1729 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1730 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 1731 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 1732 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 1733 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 1734 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 1735 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 1736 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 1737 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 1738 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 1739 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 1740 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 1741 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 1742 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 1743 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 1744 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 1745 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 1746 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 1747 Urbana-Champaign. 1748 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 1749 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 1750 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 1751 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 1752 connections. 1753 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 1754 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 1755 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 1756 cf/README. 1757 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 1758 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 1759 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 1760 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 1761 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 1762 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 1763 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 1764 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 1765 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 1766 example). 1767 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 1768 the default schema used in the above two items. 1769 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 1770 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1771 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 1772 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 1773 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1774 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 1775 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 1776 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 1777 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 1778 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 1779 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 1780 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 1781 HELO/EHLO commands. 1782 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 1783 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 1784 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 1785 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 1786 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 1787 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 1788 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1789 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 1790 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 1791 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 1792 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 1793 (verbose) command line option. 1794 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 1795 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 1796 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 1797 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1798 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 1799 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 1800 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1801 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 1802 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 1803 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 1804 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 1805 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 1806 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 1807 British Columbia. 1808 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 1809 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 1810 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 1811 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 1812 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 1813 if required. 1814 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 1815 class instead. 1816 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 1817 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 1818 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 1819 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 1820 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 1821 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 1822 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 1823 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 1824 Nelson of IBM. 1825 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 1826 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 1827 configurable during compile time. The current values and 1828 their defaults are: 1829 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 1830 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 1831 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 1832 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 1833 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 1834 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 1835 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1836 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 1837 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 1838 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 1839 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1840 Meteorological Institute. 1841 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 1842 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 1843 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 1844 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 1845 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 1846 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1847 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 1848 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 1849 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 1850 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 1851 See sendmail/README for further information. 1852 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 1853 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 1854 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1855 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 1856 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1857 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1858 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 1859 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 1860 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 1861 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 1862 flora.ca. 1863 Portability: 1864 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 1865 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 1866 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1867 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 1868 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 1869 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 1870 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 1871 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 1872 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1873 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 1874 Solaris 8 and later. 1875 Add support for OpenUNIX. 1876 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 1877 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 1878 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 1879 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 1880 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 1881 temporary lookup failures. 1882 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 1883 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 1884 or IP nets. 1885 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 1886 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 1887 to get through. 1888 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 1889 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 1890 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 1891 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 1892 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 1893 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 1894 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 1895 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 1896 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 1897 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 1898 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 1899 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1900 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 1901 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 1902 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 1903 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 1904 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 1905 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 1906 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 1907 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 1908 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 1909 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 1910 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 1911 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 1912 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1913 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 1914 cf/README for details. 1915 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 1916 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 1917 University of Maryland. 1918 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 1919 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 1920 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 1921 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 1922 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 1923 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 1924 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 1925 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 1926 Solving. 1927 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 1928 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 1929 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 1930 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 1931 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 1932 immediately. 1933 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 1934 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 1935 See cf/README for details. 1936 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 1937 temporary lookup failures. 1938 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 1939 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 1940 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 1941 memory use. 1942 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 1943 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 1944 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 1945 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 1946 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 1947 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 1948 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1949 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 1950 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1951 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 1952 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 1953 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 1954 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 1955 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 1956 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 1957 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 1958 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 1959 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 1960 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 1961 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 1962 additional details. 1963 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1964 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 1965 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 1966 information. 1967 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 1968 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 1969 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 1970 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 1971 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 1972 recipients as user unknown. 1973 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 1974 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 1975 section of cf/README for more information. 1976 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 1977 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 1978 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 1979 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 1980 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1981 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1982 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 1983 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 1984 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 1985 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 1986 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 1987 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 1988 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 1989 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 1990 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 1991 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 1992 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 1993 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 1994 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 1995 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 1996 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 1997 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 1998 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 1999 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 2000 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 2001 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 2002 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 2003 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 2004 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 2005 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 2006 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 2007 doc/op/op.me for details. 2008 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 2009 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 2010 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2011 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 2012 dequote map. 2013 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 2014 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 2015 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 2016 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 2017 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 2018 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 2019 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 2020 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 2021 This affects the access database as well as the 2022 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 2023 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 2024 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 2025 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 2026 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 2027 Mississippi State University. 2028 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 2029 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 2030 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 2031 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 2032 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2033 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 2034 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 2035 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 2036 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 2037 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 2038 systems which don't include cat directories. 2039 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 2040 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2041 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 2042 mailbox database type. 2043 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 2044 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 2045 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 2046 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 2047 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 2048 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 2049 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 2050 instead of white space. 2051 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2052 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2053 Meteorological Institute. 2054 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 2055 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 2056 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 2057 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 2058 instead of syslog. 2059 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 2060 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 2061 to specify the database and message file since there is no 2062 home directory for the default settings for these options. 2063 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2064 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2065 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2066 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2067 New Directories: 2068 libmilter/docs 2069 New Files: 2070 cf/cf/README 2071 cf/cf/submit.cf 2072 cf/cf/submit.mc 2073 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2074 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2075 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2076 cf/feature/msp.m4 2077 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2078 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2079 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2080 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2081 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2082 cf/sendmail.schema 2083 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2084 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2085 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2086 editmap/* 2087 include/sm/* 2088 libsm/* 2089 libsmutil/cf.c 2090 libsmutil/err.c 2091 sendmail/SECURITY 2092 sendmail/TUNING 2093 sendmail/bf.c 2094 sendmail/bf.h 2095 sendmail/sasl.c 2096 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2097 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2098 sendmail/tls.c 2099 Deleted Files: 2100 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2101 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2102 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2103 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2104 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2105 include/sendmail/useful.h 2106 libsmutil/errstring.c 2107 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2108 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2109 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2110 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2111 sendmail/clock.c 2112 Renamed Files: 2113 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2114 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2115 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2116 21178.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2118 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2119 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2120 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2121 of ISS X-Force. 2122 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2123 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2124 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2125 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2126 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2127 includes DNS. 2128 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2129 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2130 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2131 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2132 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2133 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2134 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2135 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2136 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2137 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2138 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2139 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2140 across various connections. This could cause session 2141 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2142 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2143 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2144 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2145 canonical name for a host. 2146 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2147 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2148 or the queue. 2149 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2150 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2151 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2152 Polytechnic Institute. 2153 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2154 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2155 Purdue University. 2156 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2157 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2158 Texas. 2159 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2160 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2161 error. 2162 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2163 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2164 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2165 and vacation. 2166 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2167 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2168 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2169 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2170 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2171 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2172 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2173 Sun Microsystems. 2174 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2175 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2176 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2177 21788.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2179 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2180 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2181 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2182 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2183 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2184 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2185 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2186 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2187 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2188 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2189 Werner Wiethege. 2190 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2191 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2192 21938.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2194 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2195 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2196 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2197 of SE Netway Communications. 2198 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2199 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 2200 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 2201 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 2202 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 2203 Bosserman of EarthLink. 2204 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 2205 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 2206 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 2207 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 2208 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 2209 University College. 2210 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 2211 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 2212 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 2213 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 2214 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 2215 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 2216 University at Albany. 2217 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 2218 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2219 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 2220 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 2221 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 2222 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 2223 Portability: 2224 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 2225 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2226 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 2227 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2228 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 2229 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 2230 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 2231 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 2232 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 2233 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 2234 22358.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 2236 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 2237 corruption and other potential race conditions. 2238 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 2239 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 2240 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 2241 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 2242 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 2243 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 2244 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 2245 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 2246 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 2247 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 2248 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 2249 from Kenji Miyake. 2250 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 2251 QueueDirectory wildcards. 2252 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 2253 the same map again while exiting. 2254 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 2255 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 2256 of Tuebingen. 2257 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 2258 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 2259 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 2260 Oklahoma State University. 2261 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 2262 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 2263 InTouch Systems, Inc. 2264 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 2265 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 2266 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 2267 Morgan Stanley. 2268 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 2269 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 2270 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2271 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 2272 from Werner Wiethege. 2273 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 2274 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 2275 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 2276 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 2277 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 2278 Internet Services. 2279 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 2280 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2281 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 2282 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2283 Portability: 2284 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 2285 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 2286 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 2287 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 2288 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 2289 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2290 Meteorological Institute. 2291 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 2292 since it generates random process ids. 2293 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 2294 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 2295 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2296 New Files: 2297 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 2298 22998.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 2300 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 2301 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 2302 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2303 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2304 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 2305 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 2306 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 2307 communications consulting gmbh. 2308 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2309 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2310 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 2311 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 2312 connection came in from the command line. 2313 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 2314 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 2315 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2316 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 2317 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 2318 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 2319 when they were committed. 2320 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 2321 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 2322 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 2323 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 2324 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 2325 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 2326 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 2327 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2328 University. 2329 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 2330 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 2331 accept() completes. 2332 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 2333 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 2334 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 2335 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 2336 Wellcome. 2337 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 2338 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 2339 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2340 University. 2341 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 2342 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 2343 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 2344 University of New Brunswick. 2345 Portability: 2346 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 2347 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 2348 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 2349 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2350 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2351 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 2352 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 2353 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2354 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 2355 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 2356 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 2357 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 2358 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 2359 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 2360 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2361 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 2362 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 2363 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 2364 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2365 Institute. 2366 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 2367 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 2368 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2369 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 2370 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 2371 Renamed Files: 2372 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 2373 23748.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 2375 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 2376 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 2377 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 2378 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 2379 Schools" project (IdS). 2380 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 2381 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 2382 be enabled by compiling with: 2383 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 2384 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 2385 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2386 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 2387 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 2388 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 2389 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 2390 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 2391 Colby College. 2392 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 2393 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 2394 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 2395 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 2396 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 2397 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 2398 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 2399 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 2400 NxNetworks, Inc. 2401 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 2402 client name. 2403 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 2404 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 2405 the Universitat Regensburg. 2406 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 2407 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 2408 University of Arizona. 2409 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 2410 of Collective Technologies. 2411 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 2412 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 2413 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 2414 Engineering. 2415 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 2416 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2417 Meteorological Institute. 2418 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2419 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2420 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2421 Meteorological Institute. 2422 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 2423 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 2424 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 2425 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2426 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 2427 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 2428 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 2429 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 2430 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 2431 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 2432 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 2433 overall connections, not the number of connections per 2434 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 2435 counting. 2436 Portability: 2437 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 2438 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 2439 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 2440 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 2441 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 2442 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 2443 Rosenman. 2444 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2445 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2446 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 2447 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 2448 of Pacific Access. 2449 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 2450 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2451 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 2452 Microsystems. 2453 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 2454 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 2455 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2456 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 2457 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 2458 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 2459 implicitly assume canonical host names. 2460 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 2461 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2462 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 2463 Virginia Tech. 2464 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 2465 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 2466 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2467 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 2468 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 2469 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 2470 gmbh. 2471 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 2472 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2473 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 2474 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 2475 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 2476 of Kyoto University. 2477 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 2478 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 2479 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 2480 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 2481 version. 2482 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 2483 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2484 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2485 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 2486 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 2487 or *-owner. 2488 New Files: 2489 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 2490 contrib/buildvirtuser 2491 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 2492 24938.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 2494 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 2495 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2496 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 2497 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 2498 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 2499 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 2500 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2501 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 2502 wildcards. 2503 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 2504 process may close the connection before the child process 2505 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 2506 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 2507 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2508 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 2509 read the LDAP secret from a file. 2510 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 2511 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 2512 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 2513 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2514 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 2515 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 2516 of EarthLink. 2517 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 2518 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 2519 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 2520 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2521 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 2522 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2523 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 2524 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 2525 Fournier of Acadia University. 2526 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 2527 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 2528 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 2529 one of the others may be able to take over. 2530 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 2531 previous load average query result. 2532 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 2533 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 2534 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 2535 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2536 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 2537 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 2538 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 2539 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 2540 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2541 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 2542 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 2543 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 2544 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 2545 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 2546 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 2547 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 2548 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 2549 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 2550 University of British Columbia. 2551 Portability: 2552 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 2553 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 2554 override the setting. Suggested by 2555 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 2556 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 2557 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 2558 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 2559 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 2560 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2561 College. 2562 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 2563 Tom Moore of NCR. 2564 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 2565 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 2566 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 2567 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 2568 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2569 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 2570 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 2571 Consulting. 2572 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 2573 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 2574 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 2575 errors in the MAIL address. 2576 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 2577 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 2578 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 2579 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2580 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 2581 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 2582 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 2583 Ericsson. 2584 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 2585 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 2586 mailer as described in cf/README. 2587 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 2588 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 2589 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 2590 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 2591 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 2592 sendmail. 2593 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2594 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2595 Meteorological Institute. 2596 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 2597 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 2598 dot as the only character on the line. 2599 New Files: 2600 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 2601 26028.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 2603 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 2604 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 2605 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 2606 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 2607 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 2608 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 2609 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2610 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 2611 it populates. It is possible that some broken 2612 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 2613 Systems in this category should compile with 2614 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 2615 system and report broken implementations to 2616 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 2617 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 2618 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 2619 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 2620 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 2621 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 2622 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 2623 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 2624 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2625 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 2626 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 2627 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 2628 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2629 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 2630 random data. 2631 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 2632 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 2633 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 2634 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 2635 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 2636 Martin of CMU. 2637 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 2638 strength factor. 2639 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 2640 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 2641 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 2642 of CMU. 2643 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 2644 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 2645 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 2646 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 2647 documented, unless a family is specified in a 2648 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 2649 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 2650 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 2651 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 2652 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 2653 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2654 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 2655 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 2656 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 2657 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 2658 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 2659 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2660 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 2661 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 2662 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 2663 of Sun Microsystems. 2664 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 2665 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 2666 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 2667 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 2668 the incoming information in the queue file for later 2669 delivery attempts. 2670 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 2671 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 2672 smoe.org. 2673 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 2674 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 2675 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2676 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 2677 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 2678 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 2679 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 2680 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 2681 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2682 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 2683 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 2684 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2685 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 2686 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 2687 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 2688 of Northern Illinois University. 2689 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 2690 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2691 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 2692 to kilobyte units. 2693 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 2694 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 2695 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 2696 Polytechnic. 2697 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 2698 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 2699 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 2700 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2701 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 2702 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 2703 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2704 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 2705 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2706 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 2707 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 2708 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 2709 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 2710 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 2711 G. Thomas Consulting. 2712 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 2713 port number (113). 2714 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 2715 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2716 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 2717 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 2718 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2719 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 2720 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 2721 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 2722 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2723 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 2724 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 2725 University of Mainz. 2726 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 2727 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 2728 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 2729 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2730 Portability: 2731 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 2732 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 2733 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 2734 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 2735 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 2736 work properly causing problems if the accept() 2737 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 2738 from Tom Moore of NCR. 2739 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 2740 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 2741 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 2742 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 2743 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 2744 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 2745 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2746 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 2747 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2748 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2749 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 2750 confCACERT CACERTFile 2751 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 2752 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 2753 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 2754 confRAND_FILE RandFile 2755 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 2756 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 2757 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 2758 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 2759 cf/README for more information. 2760 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 2761 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 2762 called due to a STARTTLS command. 2763 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 2764 instead of temporary. 2765 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 2766 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 2767 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 2768 Consulting. 2769 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 2770 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 2771 RootsWeb.com. 2772 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 2773 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 2774 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 2775 University of Maryland. 2776 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 2777 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2778 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 2779 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 2780 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 2781 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 2782 of the University of Alberta. 2783 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 2784 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 2785 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 2786 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 2787 of X.509 certificates. 2788 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 2789 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 2790 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 2791 Universitat Regensburg. 2792 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 2793 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2794 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 2795 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2796 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 2797 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2798 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 2799 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 2800 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2801 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 2802 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 2803 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 2804 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 2805 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 2806 University. 2807 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 2808 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 2809 links. 2810 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 2811 reported. 2812 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 2813 Denman Tire Corporation. 2814 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 2815 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 2816 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 2817 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 2818 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 2819 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 2820 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 2821 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 2822 have a From line. 2823 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 2824 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 2825 Added Files: 2826 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 2827 contrib/cidrexpand 2828 contrib/link_hash.sh 2829 contrib/movemail.conf 2830 contrib/movemail.pl 2831 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 2832 test/t_snprintf.c 2833 28348.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 2835 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 2836 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 2837 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 2838 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 2839 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 2840 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 2841 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 2842 Added Files: 2843 test/t_setuid.c 2844 28458.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 2846 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 2847 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 2848 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 2849 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 2850 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 2851 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 2852 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 2853 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 2854 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 2855 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 2856 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 2857 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2858 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 2859 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 2860 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2861 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 2862 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 2863 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 2864 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 2865 or higher. 2866 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 2867 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 2868 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 2869 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 2870 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2871 Polytechnic Institute. 2872 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 2873 discards the message. 2874 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 2875 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 2876 attempted to the alias. 2877 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 2878 flag options. 2879 Portability: 2880 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 2881 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 2882 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 2883 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 2884 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2885 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 2886 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 2887 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 2888 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 2889 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 2890 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 2891 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 2892 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 2893 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 2894 Services, LLC. 2895 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 2896 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 2897 Courtesan Consulting. 2898 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 2899 Siemens Business Services. 2900 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 2901 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 2902 of WSRCC. 2903 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 2904 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 2905 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 2906 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 2907 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 2908 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 2909 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 2910 of NEC. 2911 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 2912 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2913 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 2914 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 2915 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 2916 Virginia Tech. 2917 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 2918 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 2919 University. 2920 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 2921 for other internal projects but included in the open source 2922 release. 2923 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 2924 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 2925 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 2926 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 2927 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 2928 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 2929 Sendmail. 2930 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 2931 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 2932 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2933 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 2934 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 2935 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 2936 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 2937 Northern Illinois University. 2938 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 2939 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 2940 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 2941 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2942 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 2943 Polytechnique de Montreal. 2944 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 2945 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 2946 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 2947 Added Files: 2948 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 2949 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 2950 Deleted Files: 2951 contrib/converting.sun.configs 2952 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 2953 doc/intro 2954 doc/usenix 2955 doc/changes 2956 29578.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 2958 ************************************************************* 2959 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 2960 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 2961 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 2962 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 2963 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 2964 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 2965 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 2966 * coach, and a friend. * 2967 * * 2968 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 2969 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 2970 * Julie, we miss you! * 2971 ************************************************************* 2972 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 2973 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 2974 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 2975 symbolic link target. 2976 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 2977 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 2978 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2979 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 2980 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 2981 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 2982 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 2983 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2984 version of sendmail. 2985 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 2986 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 2987 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2988 (IdS). 2989 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 2990 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 2991 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 2992 for easier code sharing among the programs. 2993 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 2994 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 2995 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 2996 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 2997 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 2998 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 2999 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 3000 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 3001 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 3002 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3003 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3004 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 3005 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3006 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3007 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 3008 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3009 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 3010 now listen on several different ports. Use: 3011 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 3012 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 3013 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 3014 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 3015 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 3016 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 3017 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 3018 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 3019 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 3020 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 3021 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 3022 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 3023 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 3024 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 3025 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3026 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 3027 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 3028 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 3029 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 3030 accordingly. 3031 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 3032 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 3033 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 3034 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 3035 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 3036 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 3037 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 3038 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 3039 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 3040 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 3041 InCert Software. 3042 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 3043 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 3044 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 3045 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 3046 a control socket request. 3047 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 3048 settings: 3049 Timeout.resolver.retrans 3050 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3051 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3052 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 3053 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3054 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3055 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3056 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3057 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3058 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 3059 delivery attempt. 3060 Timeout.resolver.retry 3061 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3062 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3063 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 3064 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3065 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3066 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3067 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3068 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3069 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3070 delivery attempt. 3071 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3072 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3073 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3074 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3075 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3076 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3077 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3078 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3079 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3080 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3081 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3082 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3083 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3084 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3085 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3086 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3087 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3088 Telecommunications Ltd. 3089 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3090 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3091 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3092 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3093 Inc. 3094 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3095 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3096 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3097 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3098 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3099 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3100 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3101 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3102 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3103 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3104 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3105 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3106 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3107 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3108 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3109 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3110 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3111 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3112 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3113 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3114 Ltd. 3115 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3116 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3117 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3118 example mailer might be: 3119 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3120 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3121 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3122 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3123 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3124 instead. 3125 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3126 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3127 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3128 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3129 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3130 flags. 3131 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3132 body of the original message on delivery status 3133 notifications. 3134 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3135 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3136 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3137 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3138 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3139 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3140 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3141 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3142 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3143 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3144 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3145 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3146 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3147 Conwell of Boston University. 3148 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3149 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3150 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3151 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3152 @Home Network. 3153 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3154 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3155 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3156 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3157 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3158 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3159 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3160 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3161 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3162 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3163 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3164 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3165 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3166 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3167 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3168 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3169 Mathias Herberts. 3170 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3171 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3172 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3173 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3174 in check_compat). 3175 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3176 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3177 option. 3178 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3179 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3180 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3181 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3182 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3183 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3184 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3185 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3186 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3187 is set. 3188 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3189 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3190 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3191 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3192 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3193 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3194 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3195 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3196 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3197 a denial-of-service attack. 3198 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3199 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 3200 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 3201 overflow attacks. 3202 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 3203 alias recursion. 3204 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 3205 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 3206 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 3207 directly before the newline. 3208 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 3209 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 3210 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 3211 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 3212 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 3213 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 3214 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 3215 could not be opened. 3216 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 3217 value of this option is macro expanded. 3218 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 3219 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 3220 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 3221 (along with the already existing macros): 3222 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 3223 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 3224 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 3225 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 3226 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 3227 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 3228 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 3229 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 3230 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 3231 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 3232 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 3233 loopback net. 3234 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 3235 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 3236 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 3237 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 3238 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 3239 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 3240 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3241 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 3242 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 3243 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 3244 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 3245 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3246 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 3247 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 3248 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 3249 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 3250 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 3251 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3252 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 3253 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 3254 Ericsson. 3255 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3256 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 3257 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 3258 of Ericsson. 3259 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 3260 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 3261 of Renaissance Internet Services. 3262 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 3263 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 3264 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 3265 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 3266 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 3267 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 3268 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3269 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 3270 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 3271 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 3272 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 3273 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 3274 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 3275 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3276 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 3277 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 3278 equate name. 3279 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 3280 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 3281 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 3282 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 3283 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 3284 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 3285 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 3286 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 3287 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 3288 David Cooley of Colby College. 3289 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 3290 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 3291 already decided the message will be passed to another host 3292 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 3293 Buckeridge Young Limited. 3294 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 3295 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 3296 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 3297 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 3298 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 3299 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 3300 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 3301 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 3302 of Stanford University. 3303 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 3304 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 3305 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 3306 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 3307 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 3308 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 3309 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 3310 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3311 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 3312 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 3313 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 3314 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 3315 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3316 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 3317 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 3318 attributes found in the match will be returned. 3319 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 3320 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 3321 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 3322 comma separated key and value strings. 3323 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 3324 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 3325 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 3326 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 3327 a single connection to that host. 3328 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 3329 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 3330 LDAP lookups. 3331 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 3332 resources. 3333 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 3334 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 3335 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 3336 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 3337 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 3338 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 3339 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 3340 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 3341 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 3342 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 3343 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 3344 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 3345 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 3346 with the name "*". 3347 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 3348 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 3349 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 3350 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 3351 matches to return. 3352 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 3353 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 3354 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 3355 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 3356 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 3357 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 3358 are defined. 3359 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 3360 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 3361 Tech. 3362 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 3363 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 3364 important if you have large classes. 3365 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 3366 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 3367 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3368 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 3369 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 3370 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 3371 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 3372 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 3373 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3374 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 3375 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 3376 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 3377 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 3378 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 3379 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 3380 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 3381 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 3382 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 3383 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 3384 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 3385 determined). For single processor machines, this change 3386 has no effect. 3387 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 3388 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3389 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 3390 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3391 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 3392 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 3393 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 3394 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 3395 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 3396 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 3397 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 3398 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 3399 connection-based denial of service attacks. 3400 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 3401 10 or higher. 3402 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 3403 information (from= syslog line). 3404 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 3405 equate (dsn=). 3406 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 3407 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 3408 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 3409 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3410 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 3411 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3412 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3413 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 3414 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3415 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 3416 the program as the default user and the default group, not 3417 the forward file user. This change also assures the 3418 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 3419 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 3420 Popovici of DNT Romania. 3421 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 3422 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 3423 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 3424 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 3425 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 3426 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 3427 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 3428 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 3429 helpful to know the sender of the message. 3430 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 3431 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3432 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 3433 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 3434 multiple files. 3435 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 3436 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 3437 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 3438 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 3439 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 3440 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 3441 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 3442 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 3443 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 3444 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 3445 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 3446 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 3447 length before the attempt. 3448 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 3449 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 3450 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 3451 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 3452 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 3453 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 3454 host status files, not all files. 3455 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 3456 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 3457 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 3458 Wonderworks Inc. 3459 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 3460 macro map class. This can be used to store information 3461 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 3462 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 3463 of Hannover. 3464 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 3465 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 3466 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 3467 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 3468 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 3469 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 3470 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 3471 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 3472 flag: 3473 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 3474 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 3475 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 3476 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 3477 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 3478 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 3479 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 3480 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 3481 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 3482 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 3483 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 3484 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 3485 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 3486 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3487 version. 3488 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 3489 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 3490 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 3491 if referencing a named ruleset. 3492 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 3493 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 3494 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 3495 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 3496 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 3497 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 3498 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 3499 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 3500 the University of Maryland. 3501 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 3502 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 3503 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 3504 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 3505 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 3506 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 3507 COMMANDS). 3508 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 3509 but for outgoing connections. 3510 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 3511 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 3512 a require authentication 3513 b bind to interface through which mail has 3514 been received 3515 c perform hostname canonification 3516 f require fully qualified hostname 3517 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 3518 command 3519 C don't perform hostname canonification 3520 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 3521 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 3522 h use name of interface for HELO command 3523 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 3524 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 3525 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 3526 Institutes of Health. 3527 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 3528 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3529 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 3530 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 3531 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3532 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 3533 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 3534 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 3535 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 3536 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 3537 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 3538 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 3539 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3540 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 3541 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 3542 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 3543 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 3544 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 3545 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 3546 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 3547 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 3548 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 3549 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 3550 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 3551 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3552 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 3553 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 3554 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 3555 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 3556 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 3557 timeout. 3558 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 3559 interface address structure when loading the system network 3560 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 3561 Nanoteq. 3562 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 3563 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 3564 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 3565 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 3566 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 3567 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 3568 on load average. 3569 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3570 Northern Illinois University. 3571 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 3572 envelope splitting has occurred. 3573 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 3574 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 3575 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 3576 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 3577 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 3578 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3579 Institute. 3580 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 3581 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 3582 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 3583 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 3584 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 3585 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 3586 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3587 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 3588 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3589 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 3590 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3591 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 3592 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 3593 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 3594 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3595 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 3596 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 3597 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 3598 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3599 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 3600 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 3601 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 3602 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3603 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 3604 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 3605 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3606 University. 3607 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 3608 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 3609 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 3610 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 3611 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 3612 ruleset lines as well. 3613 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 3614 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 3615 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 3616 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3617 Institute. 3618 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 3619 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 3620 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3621 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 3622 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 3623 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 3624 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 3625 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 3626 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 3627 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 3628 of Ericsson. 3629 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 3630 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 3631 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 3632 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3633 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 3634 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 3635 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 3636 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 3637 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 3638 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 3639 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 3640 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 3641 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 3642 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 3643 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 3644 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3645 University. 3646 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 3647 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 3648 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 3649 'sendmail -bs'. 3650 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 3651 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 3652 them in the .cf file. 3653 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 3654 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 3655 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 3656 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 3657 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 3658 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 3659 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 3660 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 3661 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3662 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 3663 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 3664 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 3665 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 3666 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3667 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 3668 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3669 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 3670 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 3671 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 3672 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 3673 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3674 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 3675 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 3676 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 3677 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 3678 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 3679 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3680 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 3681 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 3682 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 3683 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3684 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 3685 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 3686 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 3687 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 3688 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 3689 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3690 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 3691 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 3692 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 3693 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 3694 don't fail on ANY queries. 3695 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 3696 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 3697 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3698 Northern Illinois University. 3699 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 3700 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 3701 State University. 3702 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 3703 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3704 Northern Illinois University. 3705 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 3706 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 3707 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 3708 Portability: 3709 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 3710 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 3711 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 3712 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 3713 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3714 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 3715 This allows network interface probing to work 3716 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 3717 University of Iowa. 3718 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 3719 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 3720 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 3721 name. 3722 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 3723 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 3724 Virginia Tech. 3725 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 3726 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 3727 Amsterdam. 3728 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 3729 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 3730 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 3731 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 3732 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 3733 in building the operating system. Users can 3734 override the defaults by setting confCC and 3735 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 3736 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 3737 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 3738 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 3739 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 3740 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 3741 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3742 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 3743 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3744 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 3745 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 3746 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 3747 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3748 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 3749 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 3750 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 3751 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 3752 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 3753 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 3754 use that value in conf.h. 3755 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 3756 BITart Consulting. 3757 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 3758 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 3759 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 3760 Computer, Inc. 3761 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 3762 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 3763 of E I A. 3764 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 3765 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 3766 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 3767 fchown(2). 3768 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 3769 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 3770 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 3771 srandomdev(3). 3772 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 3773 setlogin(2). 3774 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 3775 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 3776 Siemens Business Services. 3777 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 3778 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 3779 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 3780 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 3781 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 3782 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 3783 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3784 Aerospace. 3785 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 3786 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 3787 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 3788 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 3789 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 3790 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 3791 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 3792 University. 3793 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 3794 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 3795 Technology Information Network. 3796 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 3797 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 3798 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3799 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 3800 and OpenBSD. 3801 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 3802 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 3803 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 3804 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3805 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 3806 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 3807 details. 3808 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 3809 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 3810 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 3811 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 3812 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3813 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 3814 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 3815 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 3816 Courtesan Consulting. 3817 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 3818 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 3819 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 3820 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 3821 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 3822 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 3823 multiple times. 3824 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 3825 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 3826 with From:). 3827 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 3828 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 3829 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 3830 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 3831 new functionality. 3832 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3833 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 3834 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 3835 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 3836 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 3837 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 3838 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 3839 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 3840 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 3841 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 3842 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 3843 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 3844 confPID_FILE PidFile 3845 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 3846 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 3847 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 3848 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 3849 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3850 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3851 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 3852 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3853 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3854 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 3855 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 3856 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 3857 which takes the options as argument and can be used 3858 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 3859 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 3860 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 3861 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 3862 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 3863 to "IPC $h". 3864 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 3865 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 3866 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 3867 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 3868 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 3869 value should be changed with care. 3870 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 3871 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 3872 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 3873 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 3874 complain. 3875 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 3876 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 3877 of Q7 Enterprises. 3878 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 3879 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 3880 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 3881 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 3882 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 3883 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 3884 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 3885 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 3886 of Northern Illinois University. 3887 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 3888 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 3889 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 3890 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 3891 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 3892 in it. 3893 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 3894 in class 'P' ($=P). 3895 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 3896 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 3897 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 3898 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 3899 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 3900 is added. 3901 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 3902 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 3903 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 3904 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 3905 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 3906 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 3907 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 3908 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 3909 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 3910 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 3911 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 3912 Hubert of University of Washington. 3913 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 3914 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 3915 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 3916 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 3917 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 3918 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 3919 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 3920 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 3921 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 3922 Services. 3923 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 3924 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3925 Aerospace. 3926 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 3927 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 3928 University and Brian Candler. 3929 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 3930 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3931 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 3932 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3933 Institute. 3934 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 3935 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 3936 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 3937 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 3938 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 3939 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 3940 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 3941 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 3942 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 3943 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3944 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 3945 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 3946 Willamette Industries, Inc. 3947 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 3948 converted to <user@d> 3949 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 3950 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 3951 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 3952 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 3953 performed. 3954 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 3955 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 3956 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3957 Institute. 3958 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 3959 be accessed by their numbers). 3960 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 3961 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 3962 of an address. 3963 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 3964 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 3965 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 3966 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 3967 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 3968 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 3969 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 3970 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 3971 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 3972 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3973 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 3974 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3975 Institute. 3976 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 3977 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 3978 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 3979 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 3980 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 3981 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 3982 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 3983 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 3984 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 3985 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 3986 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 3987 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3988 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 3989 University of California at Berkeley. 3990 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 3991 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3992 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 3993 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 3994 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3995 Corporation UK. 3996 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 3997 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 3998 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 3999 Yale University. 4000 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 4001 be used for building. 4002 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 4003 used for a fresh build. 4004 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 4005 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 4006 ranlib. 4007 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 4008 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 4009 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 4010 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 4011 Costales. 4012 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 4013 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 4014 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 4015 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 4016 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 4017 of Siemens Business Services. 4018 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 4019 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 4020 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 4021 torek. 4022 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 4023 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 4024 They should contain the C source files for the object files 4025 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 4026 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 4027 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 4028 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 4029 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 4030 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 4031 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 4032 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 4033 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 4034 are in devtools/README. 4035 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 4036 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4037 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 4038 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 4039 new variable which identifies the root of the source 4040 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 4041 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 4042 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 4043 macro. 4044 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 4045 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 4046 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 4047 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 4048 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 4049 Corporation. 4050 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 4051 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 4052 confMANROOTMAN. 4053 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 4054 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 4055 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 4056 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 4057 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 4058 Communications. 4059 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 4060 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 4061 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 4062 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 4063 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 4064 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4065 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4066 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4067 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4068 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4069 install-strip target. 4070 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4071 the others (if it exists). 4072 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4073 then the default ones. 4074 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4075 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4076 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4077 to set the S flag. 4078 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4079 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4080 Northern Illinois University. 4081 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4082 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4083 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4084 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4085 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4086 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4087 University. 4088 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4089 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4090 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4091 University. 4092 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4093 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4094 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4095 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4096 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4097 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4098 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4099 University. 4100 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4101 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4102 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4103 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4104 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4105 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4106 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4107 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4108 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4109 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4110 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4111 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4112 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4113 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4114 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4115 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4116 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4117 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4118 timeout to avoid starvation. 4119 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4120 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4121 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4122 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4123 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4124 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4125 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4126 of Maryland. 4127 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4128 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4129 sendmail configuration file. 4130 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4131 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4132 option. 4133 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4134 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4135 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4136 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4137 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4138 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4139 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4140 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4141 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4142 Corporation UK. 4143 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4144 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4145 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4146 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4147 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4148 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4149 Institute for Global Communications. 4150 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4151 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4152 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4153 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4154 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4155 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4156 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4157 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4158 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4159 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4160 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4161 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4162 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4163 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4164 Changed Files: 4165 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4166 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4167 which execute the actual Build script in 4168 devtools/bin. 4169 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4170 -mandoc as they were previously. 4171 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4172 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4173 required for Build). 4174 New Directories: 4175 devtools/M4/UNIX 4176 include 4177 libmilter 4178 libsmdb 4179 libsmutil 4180 vacation 4181 Renamed Directories: 4182 BuildTools => devtools 4183 src => sendmail 4184 Deleted Files: 4185 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4186 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4187 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4188 devtools/OS/SINIX 4189 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4190 New Files: 4191 INSTALL 4192 PGPKEYS 4193 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4194 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4195 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4196 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4197 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4198 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4199 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 4200 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 4201 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 4202 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 4203 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 4204 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 4205 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 4206 contrib/domainmap.m4 4207 contrib/qtool.8 4208 contrib/qtool.pl 4209 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 4210 devtools/M4/list.m4 4211 devtools/M4/string.m4 4212 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 4213 devtools/M4/switch.m4 4214 devtools/OS/Darwin 4215 devtools/OS/GNU 4216 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 4217 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 4218 devtools/OS/m88k 4219 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 4220 mail.local/Makefile 4221 mailstats/Makefile 4222 makemap/Makefile 4223 praliases/Makefile 4224 rmail/Makefile 4225 sendmail/Makefile 4226 sendmail/bf.h 4227 sendmail/bf_portable.c 4228 sendmail/bf_portable.h 4229 sendmail/bf_torek.c 4230 sendmail/bf_torek.h 4231 sendmail/shmticklib.c 4232 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 4233 sendmail/timers.c 4234 sendmail/timers.h 4235 smrsh/Makefile 4236 vacation/Makefile 4237 Renamed Files: 4238 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 4239 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 4240 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 4241 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 4242 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 4243 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 4244 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 4245 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 4246 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 4247 Copied Files: 4248 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 4249 42508.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 4251 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 4252 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 4253 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 4254 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 4255 Schools" project (IdS). 4256 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 4257 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 4258 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 4259 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4260 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 4261 when performing the MIME header length check. This 4262 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 4263 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 4264 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 4265 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 4266 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 4267 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4268 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 4269 ExecPC Internet Systems. 4270 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 4271 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 4272 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 4273 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 4274 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 4275 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 4276 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 4277 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 4278 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 4279 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4280 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 4281 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 4282 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 4283 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 4284 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 4285 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 4286 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 4287 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 4288 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 4289 group of the IETF. 4290 Portability: 4291 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 4292 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 4293 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 4294 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 4295 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 4296 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 4297 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 4298 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 4299 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 4300 Technical University of Denmark. 4301 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 4302 Supercomputer Center. 4303 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 4304 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 4305 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 4306 of Stanford University. 4307 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 4308 between different releases. Back out the 4309 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 4310 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 4311 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 4312 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 4313 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 4314 of Siemens/SNI. 4315 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4316 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 4317 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 4318 University of Brno. 4319 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 4320 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 4321 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4322 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 4323 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 4324 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4325 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 4326 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 4327 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 4328 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 4329 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4330 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 4331 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 4332 MIDS Europe. 4333 New Files: 4334 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 4335 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4336 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 4337 43388.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 4339 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 4340 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 4341 for a denial of service attack. 4342 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 4343 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4344 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 4345 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4346 Corporation UK. 4347 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 4348 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 4349 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 4350 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 4351 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 4352 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 4353 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 4354 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 4355 Internet Services. 4356 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 4357 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 4358 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 4359 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 4360 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 4361 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 4362 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4363 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 4364 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4365 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 4366 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 4367 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 4368 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 4369 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4370 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4371 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 4372 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 4373 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 4374 Internet Services. 4375 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 4376 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 4377 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 4378 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 4379 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 4380 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 4381 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 4382 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 4383 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 4384 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 4385 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 4386 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 4387 extended testing. 4388 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 4389 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 4390 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 4391 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 4392 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 4393 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4394 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 4395 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 4396 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 4397 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 4398 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4399 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 4400 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 4401 Network. 4402 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 4403 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 4404 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 4405 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 4406 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 4407 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 4408 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4409 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 4410 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 4411 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 4412 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 4413 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 4414 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 4415 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 4416 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 4417 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 4418 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4419 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 4420 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4421 Meteorological Institute. 4422 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4423 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 4424 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 4425 Portability: 4426 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 4427 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 4428 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 4429 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 4430 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 4431 reading network interface addresses into 4432 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 4433 Cal State University, Chico. 4434 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 4435 from changing the semantics of the compiled 4436 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 4437 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 4438 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 4439 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4440 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4441 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 4442 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 4443 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 4444 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 4445 of Sun Microsystems. 4446 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 4447 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4448 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 4449 of Bits Co., Ltd. 4450 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 4451 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4452 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 4453 of E I A. 4454 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 4455 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 4456 Information Center. 4457 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 4458 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4459 Institute. 4460 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 4461 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 4462 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 4463 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 4464 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4465 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 4466 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 4467 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 4468 Manawatu Internet Services. 4469 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 4470 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 4471 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 4472 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 4473 of Northern Illinois University. 4474 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 4475 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4476 Kiel. 4477 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 4478 Dot Com. 4479 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 4480 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4481 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4482 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 4483 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 4484 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 4485 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4486 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 4487 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4488 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 4489 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 4490 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 4491 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4492 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 4493 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4494 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 4495 the envelope From header. 4496 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 4497 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 4498 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 4499 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 4500 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 4501 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 4502 Portal Services, Inc. 4503 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 4504 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 4505 Sun Microsystems. 4506 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4507 New Files: 4508 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 4509 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 4510 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 4511 contrib/smcontrol.pl 4512 src/control.c 4513 45148.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 4515 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 4516 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 4517 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 4518 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 4519 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 4520 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 4521 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4522 Meteorological Institute. 4523 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 4524 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 4525 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4526 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 4527 installation commands. The man pages would still be 4528 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 4529 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4530 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 4531 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4532 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 4533 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 4534 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 4535 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 4536 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 4537 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 4538 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 4539 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 4540 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 4541 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 4542 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 4543 Flextech TV. 4544 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 4545 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 4546 DaveLtd Enterprises. 4547 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 4548 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 4549 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 4550 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 4551 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 4552 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 4553 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 4554 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 4555 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 4556 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 4557 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 4558 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 4559 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 4560 University. 4561 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 4562 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 4563 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 4564 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 4565 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 4566 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 4567 Portability: 4568 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 4569 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 4570 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 4571 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 4572 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 4573 of BSDI. 4574 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 4575 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 4576 PICT Inc. 4577 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 4578 J. P. McCann of E I A. 4579 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 4580 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 4581 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 4582 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 4583 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 4584 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4585 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 4586 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 4587 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4588 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 4589 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 4590 would not accept @@hostname. 4591 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 4592 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 4593 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 4594 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 4595 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4596 New Files: 4597 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 4598 45998.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 4600 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 4601 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 4602 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 4603 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 4604 which need the ability to override security can use the 4605 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 4606 information. 4607 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4608 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4609 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 4610 world writable directories. 4611 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 4612 it is in a world writable directory. 4613 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 4614 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 4615 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 4616 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4617 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4618 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 4619 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 4620 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4621 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 4622 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 4623 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 4624 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 4625 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 4626 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 4627 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 4628 default. 4629 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 4630 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 4631 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 4632 the University of Maryland. 4633 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 4634 of Cal State University, Chico. 4635 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 4636 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 4637 current version of Berkeley DB. 4638 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 4639 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 4640 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 4641 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 4642 of Maryland. 4643 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 4644 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 4645 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 4646 Microsystems. 4647 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 4648 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 4649 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 4650 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 4651 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 4652 mail.local on the F=z flag. 4653 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 4654 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 4655 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 4656 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 4657 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 4658 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 4659 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 4660 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4661 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4662 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 4663 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 4664 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 4665 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4666 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 4667 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 4668 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 4669 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 4670 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 4671 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 4672 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 4673 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 4674 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 4675 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 4676 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 4677 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 4678 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 4679 relaying entirely. 4680 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 4681 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 4682 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 4683 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 4684 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 4685 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 4686 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 4687 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4688 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 4689 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 4690 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 4691 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 4692 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4693 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 4694 sender for those failures. 4695 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 4696 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 4697 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 4698 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 4699 of Ericsson. 4700 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 4701 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 4702 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4703 of Procter & Gamble. 4704 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 4705 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 4706 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4707 of Procter & Gamble. 4708 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 4709 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 4710 of system security. This should only be used if you are 4711 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 4712 DontBlameSendmail options are: 4713 Safe 4714 AssumeSafeChown 4715 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 4716 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 4717 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 4718 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 4719 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 4720 GroupWritableAliasFile 4721 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 4722 WorldWritableAliasFile 4723 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4724 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4725 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 4726 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 4727 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4728 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4729 MapInUnsafeDirPath 4730 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 4731 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 4732 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 4733 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 4734 LinkedMapInWritableDir 4735 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 4736 FileDeliveryToHardLink 4737 FileDeliveryToSymLink 4738 WriteMapToHardLink 4739 WriteMapToSymLink 4740 WriteStatsToHardLink 4741 WriteStatsToSymLink 4742 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 4743 RunWritableProgram 4744 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 4745 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 4746 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 4747 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 4748 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 4749 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 4750 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 4751 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 4752 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 4753 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 4754 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 4755 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 4756 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 4757 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 4758 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 4759 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 4760 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 4761 contrast to the success case). 4762 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 4763 of the form: 4764 HHeader: $>Ruleset 4765 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 4766 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 4767 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 4768 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 4769 from hiding their connection information in Received: 4770 headers. 4771 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 4772 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 4773 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 4774 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 4775 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 4776 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 4777 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 4778 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 4779 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 4780 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 4781 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 4782 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 4783 remote identity can be queried. 4784 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 4785 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 4786 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 4787 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4788 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 4789 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 4790 some of the details are determined dynamically via 4791 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 4792 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 4793 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 4794 the new Build method which creates an operating system 4795 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 4796 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 4797 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4798 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 4799 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 4800 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 4801 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4802 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 4803 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 4804 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 4805 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 4806 This means that even if only one of the recipients 4807 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 4808 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 4809 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 4810 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 4811 of CNET: The Computer Network. 4812 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 4813 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 4814 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4815 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 4816 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 4817 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 4818 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 4819 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 4820 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 4821 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 4822 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 4823 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 4824 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4825 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 4826 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 4827 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4828 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 4829 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 4830 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 4831 Institute. 4832 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 4833 mail.local. 4834 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 4835 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 4836 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 4837 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 4838 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 4839 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4840 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 4841 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 4842 of InfoBeat, Inc. 4843 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 4844 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 4845 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 4846 mailstats command. 4847 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 4848 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 4849 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4850 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 4851 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 4852 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 4853 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4854 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 4855 Ericsson. 4856 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 4857 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 4858 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 4859 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 4860 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 4861 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 4862 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 4863 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 4864 Stratus Computer, Inc. 4865 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 4866 currently supported version. 4867 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 4868 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4869 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 4870 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 4871 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 4872 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4873 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 4874 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 4875 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 4876 message in error bounces. 4877 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 4878 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 4879 Digital Equipment Corporation. 4880 Portability: 4881 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 4882 of Kyoto University. 4883 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 4884 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 4885 Maryland. 4886 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 4887 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 4888 in Finland. 4889 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 4890 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4891 the University of Maryland. 4892 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 4893 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 4894 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4895 Meteorological Institute. 4896 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 4897 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 4898 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 4899 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 4900 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 4901 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 4902 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 4903 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 4904 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 4905 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 4906 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 4907 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4908 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 4909 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 4910 Microsystems. 4911 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 4912 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 4913 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 4914 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 4915 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 4916 directory for certain programs. 4917 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 4918 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 4919 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 4920 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 4921 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 4922 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 4923 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 4924 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 4925 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 4926 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 4927 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 4928 the user to setup different .forward files for 4929 user+detail addressing. 4930 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 4931 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 4932 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 4933 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 4934 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 4935 outside your domain). 4936 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 4937 any site to any site. 4938 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 4939 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 4940 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 4941 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 4942 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 4943 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 4944 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 4945 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 4946 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 4947 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 4948 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 4949 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 4950 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 4951 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 4952 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 4953 host names only. 4954 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 4955 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 4956 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 4957 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 4958 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 4959 needed for most installations. 4960 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 4961 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 4962 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 4963 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4964 the University of Maryland. 4965 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 4966 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 4967 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 4968 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 4969 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 4970 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 4971 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 4972 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 4973 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 4974 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 4975 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 4976 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 4977 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 4978 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 4979 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 4980 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 4981 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 4982 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 4983 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 4984 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 4985 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 4986 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 4987 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 4988 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 4989 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 4990 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 4991 above for more information. 4992 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 4993 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4994 Meteorological Institute. 4995 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 4996 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 4997 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 4998 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 4999 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5000 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 5001 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 5002 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 5003 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 5004 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 5005 MustQuoteChars respectively. 5006 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 5007 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 5008 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 5009 CMU (now of Netscape). 5010 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 5011 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 5012 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 5013 read mail.local/README. 5014 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 5015 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 5016 University of Maryland. 5017 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 5018 University, Chico. 5019 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5020 Meteorological Institute. 5021 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 5022 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 5023 University of Maryland. 5024 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 5025 such as linked files in world writable directories. 5026 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 5027 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 5028 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 5029 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 5030 Braunschweig. 5031 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 5032 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 5033 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5034 Changed Files: 5035 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 5036 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 5037 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 5038 New Files: 5039 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 5040 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 5041 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 5042 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 5043 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 5044 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 5045 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 5046 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 5047 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 5048 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 5049 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 5050 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 5051 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 5052 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 5053 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 5054 BuildTools/OS/QNX 5055 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 5056 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 5057 BuildTools/README 5058 BuildTools/Site/README 5059 BuildTools/bin/Build 5060 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 5061 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 5062 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 5063 Makefile 5064 cf/cf/Build 5065 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5066 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5067 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5068 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5069 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5070 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5071 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5072 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5073 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5074 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5075 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5076 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5077 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5078 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5079 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5080 mail.local/Build 5081 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5082 mail.local/README 5083 mailstats/Build 5084 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5085 makemap/Build 5086 makemap/Makefile.m4 5087 praliases/Build 5088 praliases/Makefile.m4 5089 rmail/Build 5090 rmail/Makefile.m4 5091 rmail/rmail.0 5092 smrsh/Build 5093 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5094 src/Build 5095 src/Makefile.m4 5096 src/snprintf.c 5097 Deleted Files: 5098 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5099 mail.local/Makefile 5100 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5101 mailstats/Makefile 5102 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5103 makemap/Makefile 5104 makemap/Makefile.dist 5105 praliases/Makefile 5106 praliases/Makefile.dist 5107 rmail/Makefile 5108 smrsh/Makefile 5109 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5110 src/Makefile 5111 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5112 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5113 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5114 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5115 Renamed Files: 5116 READ_ME => README 5117 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5118 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5119 src/READ_ME => src/README 5120 51218.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5122 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5123 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5124 Meteorological Institute. 5125 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5126 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5127 Arseneault of SRI International. 5128 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5129 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5130 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5131 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5132 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5133 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5134 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5135 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5136 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5137 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5138 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5139 River Systems. 5140 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5141 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5142 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5143 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5144 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5145 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5146 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5147 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5148 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5149 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5150 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5151 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5152 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5153 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5154 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5155 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5156 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5157 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5158 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5159 results during a single message processing (but would 5160 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5161 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5162 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5163 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5164 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5165 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5166 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5167 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5168 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5169 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5170 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5171 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5172 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5173 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5174 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5175 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5176 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5177 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5178 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5179 Associates. 5180 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5181 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5182 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5183 could cause confusing error messages. 5184 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5185 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5186 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5187 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5188 SuperNet, Inc. 5189 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5190 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5191 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5192 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5193 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5194 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5195 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5196 dropped. 5197 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5198 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5199 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5200 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 5201 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 5202 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 5203 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 5204 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5205 Institute. 5206 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 5207 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 5208 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 5209 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 5210 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 5211 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 5212 RUS University of Stuttgart. 5213 Minor lint fixes. 5214 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 5215 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 5216 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 5217 of Stanford University. 5218 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 5219 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 5220 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 5221 Portability: 5222 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 5223 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 5224 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 5225 Electronic Data Systems. 5226 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 5227 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 5228 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 5229 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 5230 loader environment variables into the loader memory 5231 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 5232 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 5233 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 5234 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 5235 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 5236 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 5237 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 5238 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 5239 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 5240 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 5241 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5242 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 5243 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5244 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 5245 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 5246 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 5247 Services. 5248 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 5249 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5250 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 5251 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 5252 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 5253 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 5254 Services VAS. 5255 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5256 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 5257 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 5258 Ericsson. 5259 52608.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 5261 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 5262 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 5263 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 5264 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 5265 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 5266 GmbH. 5267 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 5268 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 5269 of Technology, Stockholm. 5270 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 5271 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 5272 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 5273 that these routines are included as though they were in the 5274 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 5275 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 5276 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 5277 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 5278 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 5279 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 5280 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 5281 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 5282 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 5283 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 5284 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 5285 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 5286 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 5287 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 5288 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 5289 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 5290 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 5291 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 5292 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 5293 have to assume that the information is good. 5294 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 5295 open or locked. 5296 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 5297 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 5298 errors during testing. 5299 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 5300 printed in the error message. 5301 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 5302 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 5303 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 5304 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 5305 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 5306 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 5307 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 5308 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 5309 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 5310 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 5311 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 5312 runner runs during a critical section in another message 5313 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 5314 Results Computing. 5315 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 5316 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 5317 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 5318 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 5319 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5320 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 5321 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 5322 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 5323 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 5324 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 5325 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 5326 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 5327 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 5328 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 5329 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 5330 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 5331 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 5332 simultaneously. 5333 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 5334 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 5335 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 5336 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 5337 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5338 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 5339 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 5340 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 5341 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5342 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 5343 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 5344 CSU Chico. 5345 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 5346 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 5347 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 5348 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5349 Portability: 5350 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 5351 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 5352 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 5353 be used instead. 5354 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 5355 of Argonne National Laboratory. 5356 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5357 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5358 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 5359 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 5360 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 5361 in Makefiles. 5362 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 5363 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 5364 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 5365 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 5366 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 5367 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 5368 NCR Corp. 5369 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 5370 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5371 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 5372 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 5373 Resource Network 5374 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 5375 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 5376 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 5377 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 5378 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 5379 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 5380 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 5381 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 5382 Corp. 5383 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 5384 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 5385 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 5386 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 5387 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 5388 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 5389 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 5390 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 5391 PlainTalk. 5392 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 5393 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 5394 by Harry Styron. 5395 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 5396 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 5397 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 5398 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 5399 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 5400 changed after open". 5401 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 5402 files. 5403 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 5404 NEW FILES: 5405 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 5406 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 5407 test/t_exclopen.c 5408 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 5409 DELETED FILES: 5410 Makefile 5411 54128.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 5413 ************************************************************* 5414 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 5415 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 5416 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 5417 * continued sendmail development. * 5418 ************************************************************* 5419 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 5420 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 5421 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 5422 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 5423 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 5424 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 5425 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 5426 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 5427 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 5428 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 5429 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 5430 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 5431 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 5432 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 5433 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 5434 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 5435 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5436 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5437 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 5438 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 5439 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 5440 another database; this can be used either to expose 5441 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 5442 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 5443 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 5444 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 5445 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 5446 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 5447 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 5448 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 5449 system directories. 5450 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 5451 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 5452 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 5453 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 5454 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 5455 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 5456 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 5457 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 5458 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 5459 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 5460 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 5461 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 5462 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 5463 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 5464 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 5465 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 5466 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 5467 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 5468 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 5469 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 5470 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 5471 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 5472 NFS-mounted filesystems. 5473 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 5474 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 5475 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 5476 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 5477 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 5478 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 5479 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 5480 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 5481 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5482 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 5483 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5484 same host). 5485 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 5486 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 5487 from Theo de Raadt. 5488 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 5489 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 5490 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5491 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 5492 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 5493 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 5494 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 5495 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 5496 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5497 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 5498 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 5499 Microsystems. 5500 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 5501 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 5502 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5503 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 5504 too large) don't send the bogus message. 5505 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 5506 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 5507 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5508 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 5509 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 5510 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 5511 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 5512 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 5513 Shapiro. 5514 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 5515 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 5516 Sun Microsystems. 5517 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 5518 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 5519 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 5520 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 5521 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 5522 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 5523 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 5524 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 5525 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 5526 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 5527 Mercury Mail. 5528 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 5529 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 5530 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 5531 Morgan Stanley. 5532 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 5533 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 5534 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 5535 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5536 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 5537 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 5538 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 5539 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 5540 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 5541 not be run. 5542 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 5543 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 5544 printing. 5545 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 5546 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 5547 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5548 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 5549 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 5550 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 5551 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 5552 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 5553 erroneous results during a single message processing 5554 (but would recover when the next message was received). 5555 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 5556 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 5557 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 5558 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 5559 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 5560 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 5561 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 5562 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 5563 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 5564 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 5565 address as "may be forged". 5566 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 5567 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 5568 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 5569 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 5570 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 5571 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 5572 of TwinCom. 5573 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 5574 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 5575 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 5576 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 5577 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 5578 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 5579 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 5580 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 5581 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5582 Institute. 5583 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 5584 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 5585 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 5586 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 5587 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 5588 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 5589 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 5590 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 5591 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 5592 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 5593 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 5594 book (2nd edition). 5595 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 5596 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 5597 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 5598 John Beck of SunSoft. 5599 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 5600 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 5601 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 5602 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 5603 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 5604 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 5605 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 5606 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 5607 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 5608 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 5609 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 5610 returns. 5611 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 5612 on some architectures. 5613 Portability: 5614 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 5615 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 5616 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 5617 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 5618 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 5619 of Washington. 5620 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 5621 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 5622 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5623 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 5624 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 5625 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 5626 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 5627 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 5628 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 5629 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5630 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 5631 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 5632 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 5633 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 5634 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 5635 Cambridge. 5636 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 5637 Kari Hurtta. 5638 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 5639 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 5640 IRIX Makefile). 5641 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 5642 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5643 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 5644 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 5645 Brian Candler. 5646 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 5647 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 5648 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5649 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 5650 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 5651 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5652 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 5653 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 5654 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 5655 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 5656 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 5657 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5658 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 5659 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 5660 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 5661 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 5662 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 5663 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 5664 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 5665 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5666 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 5667 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 5668 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 5669 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 5670 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 5671 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 5672 was specified, even when it wasn't. 5673 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 5674 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 5675 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 5676 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 5677 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 5678 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 5679 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 5680 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 5681 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 5682 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 5683 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 5684 developers). 5685 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 5686 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 5687 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5688 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 5689 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 5690 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 5691 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 5692 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 5693 NEXTSTEP. 5694 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 5695 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 5696 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 5697 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 5698 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5699 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 5700 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 5701 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 5702 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 5703 for system accounts. 5704 NEW FILES: 5705 src/safefile.c 5706 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 5707 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 5708 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 5709 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 5710 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 5711 RENAMED FILES: 5712 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 5713 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 5714 57158.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 5716 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 5717 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 5718 even if RunAsUser is specified. 5719 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 5720 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 5721 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5722 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 5723 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 5724 University of Pennsylvania. 5725 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 5726 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 5727 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 5728 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 5729 was unnecessarily awful. 5730 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 5731 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 5732 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 5733 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 5734 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 5735 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 5736 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 5737 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 5738 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5739 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 5740 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5741 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 5742 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 5743 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5744 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 5745 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 5746 Semiconductor Corp. 5747 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 5748 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 5749 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 5750 at Austin. 5751 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 5752 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 5753 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 5754 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 5755 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5756 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 5757 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 5758 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 5759 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 5760 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 5761 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 5762 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 5763 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 5764 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 5765 Costales. 5766 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 5767 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 5768 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 5769 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 5770 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 5771 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 5772 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 5773 The current values and defaults are: 5774 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 5775 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 5776 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 5777 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 5778 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 5779 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 5780 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 5781 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 5782 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 5783 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5784 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 5785 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 5786 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 5787 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 5788 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 5789 Eric Hagberg. 5790 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 5791 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 5792 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 5793 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 5794 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 5795 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 5796 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 5797 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5798 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 5799 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 5800 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 5801 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 5802 Communications. 5803 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 5804 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 5805 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 5806 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5807 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 5808 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 5809 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 5810 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 5811 PORTABILITY: 5812 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 5813 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 5814 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 5815 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 5816 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5817 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 5818 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 5819 (Moscow). 5820 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 5821 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 5822 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 5823 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 5824 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 5825 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 5826 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 5827 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 5828 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 5829 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 5830 Received: line. 5831 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 5832 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 5833 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 5834 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 5835 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 5836 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 5837 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 5838 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 5839 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 5840 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 5841 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 5842 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 5843 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 5844 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 5845 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 5846 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 5847 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 5848 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 5849 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 5850 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 5851 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5852 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 5853 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 5854 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 5855 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 5856 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 5857 Long Beach. 5858 58598.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 5860 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 5861 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 5862 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 5863 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 5864 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 5865 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 5866 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 5867 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 5868 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 5869 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 5870 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 5871 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 5872 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 5873 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 5874 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 5875 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 5876 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 5877 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 5878 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5879 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 5880 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 5881 Problem noted by several people. 5882 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 5883 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 5884 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 5885 by several people. 5886 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 5887 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 5888 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 5889 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 5890 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 5891 of Best Internet Communications. 5892 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 5893 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 5894 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 5895 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 5896 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 5897 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 5898 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 5899 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 5900 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 5901 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 5902 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 5903 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 5904 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5905 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 5906 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 5907 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 5908 by Roy Mongiovi. 5909 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 5910 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5911 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 5912 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 5913 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 5914 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 5915 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 5916 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 5917 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 5918 of Kyoto University. 5919 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 5920 conditions from Don Lewis. 5921 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 5922 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 5923 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 5924 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 5925 patch from Bryan Costales. 5926 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5927 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 5928 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 5929 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 5930 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 5931 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 5932 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 5933 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 5934 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 5935 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 5936 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 5937 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 5938 of Tokyo. 5939 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 5940 Services, Inc. 5941 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 5942 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 5943 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 5944 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 5945 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 5946 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 5947 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 5948 than one long one. By popular demand. 5949 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 5950 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 5951 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 5952 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 5953 of NTT Software Corporation. 5954 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 5955 NEW FILES: 5956 contrib/etrn.pl 5957 59588.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 5959 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 5960 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 5961 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 5962 best-of-security list. 5963 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 5964 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 5965 should make it clearer to people that they are running 5966 the wrong binary. 5967 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 5968 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 5969 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 5970 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 5971 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 5972 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 5973 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 5974 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 5975 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5976 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 5977 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5978 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 5979 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 5980 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 5981 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 5982 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 5983 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 5984 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 5985 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 5986 Eric Wassenaar. 5987 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 5988 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 5989 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 5990 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 5991 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 5992 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 5993 UUNET. 5994 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 5995 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 5996 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 5997 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 5998 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 5999 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 6000 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 6001 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 6002 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 6003 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 6004 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6005 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 6006 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 6007 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 6008 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 6009 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 6010 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 6011 University of Linkoping. 6012 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 6013 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 6014 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6015 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 6016 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 6017 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 6018 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 6019 other end. 6020 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 6021 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 6022 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 6023 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 6024 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 6025 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 6026 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6027 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6028 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 6029 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 6030 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 6031 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 6032 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 6033 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 6034 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 6035 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 6036 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 6037 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 6038 The outline of the implementation was contributed 6039 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 6040 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 6041 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 6042 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 6043 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 6044 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 6045 Earickson of Colby College. 6046 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 6047 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 6048 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 6049 Kari Hurtta. 6050 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 6051 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 6052 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 6053 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 6054 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 6055 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 6056 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6057 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 6058 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 6059 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 6060 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 6061 University of Washington, Seattle. 6062 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 6063 Polytechnic Institute. 6064 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6065 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6066 NEW FILES: 6067 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6068 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6069 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6070 60718.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6072 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6073 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6074 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6075 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6076 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6077 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6078 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6079 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6080 CONFIG: no changes. 6081 60828.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6083 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6084 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6085 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6086 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6087 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6088 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6089 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6090 of WPI. 6091 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6092 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6093 Kyoto University. 6094 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6095 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6096 on illegal host names. 6097 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6098 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6099 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6100 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6101 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6102 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6103 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6104 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6105 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6106 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6107 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6108 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6109 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6110 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6111 University of Leicester. 6112 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6113 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6114 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6115 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6116 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6117 University of Washington. 6118 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6119 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6120 people pointed this out. 6121 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6122 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6123 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6124 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6125 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6126 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6127 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6128 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6129 Softec. 6130 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6131 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6132 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6133 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6134 61358.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6136 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6137 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6138 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6139 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6140 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6141 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6142 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6143 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6144 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6145 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6146 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6147 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6148 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6149 NSC (Japan). 6150 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6151 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6152 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6153 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6154 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6155 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6156 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6157 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6158 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6159 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6160 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6161 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6162 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6163 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6164 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6165 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6166 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6167 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6168 printout. 6169 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6170 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6171 square braces. 6172 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6173 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6174 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6175 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6176 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6177 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6178 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6179 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6180 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6181 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6182 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6183 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6184 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6185 Dandelion Digital. 6186 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6187 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6188 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6189 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6190 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6191 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6192 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6193 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6194 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6195 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6196 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6197 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6198 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6199 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 6200 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 6201 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 6202 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 6203 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 6204 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 6205 mailers. 6206 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 6207 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 6208 Myers of CMU. 6209 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 6210 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 6211 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 6212 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 6213 there should be no security implications. Implementation 6214 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 6215 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 6216 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 6217 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 6218 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 6219 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 6220 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 6221 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 6222 parameter. 6223 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 6224 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 6225 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 6226 University of Maryland. 6227 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 6228 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 6229 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 6230 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 6231 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 6232 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 6233 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 6234 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 6235 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 6236 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 6237 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 6238 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 6239 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 6240 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 6241 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 6242 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 6243 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 6244 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 6245 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 6246 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 6247 section 5.2.5. 6248 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 6249 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 6250 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 6251 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 6252 is for incoming connections only. 6253 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 6254 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 6255 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 6256 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 6257 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 6258 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 6259 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 6260 (e.g., due to connection caching). 6261 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 6262 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 6263 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 6264 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 6265 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 6266 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 6267 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 6268 that take a very long time to run. 6269 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 6270 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 6271 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 6272 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 6273 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 6274 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6275 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 6276 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 6277 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6278 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 6279 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 6280 Costales. 6281 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 6282 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 6283 Technologies, Inc. 6284 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 6285 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 6286 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 6287 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 6288 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 6289 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 6290 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 6291 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 6292 different for this case. 6293 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 6294 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 6295 of Stanford University. 6296 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 6297 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 6298 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 6299 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6300 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 6301 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 6302 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 6303 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 6304 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 6305 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6306 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 6307 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 6308 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 6309 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 6310 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 6311 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 6312 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 6313 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 6314 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 6315 Pasteur Institute. 6316 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 6317 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 6318 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 6319 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 6320 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 6321 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 6322 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 6323 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 6324 canonification. 6325 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 6326 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 6327 mailers. 6328 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 6329 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 6330 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 6331 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 6332 either of these in their configuration file. 6333 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 6334 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 6335 St. Peter's College. 6336 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 6337 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 6338 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 6339 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6340 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 6341 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6342 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 6343 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 6344 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 6345 Costales. 6346 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 6347 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 6348 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 6349 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 6350 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 6351 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 6352 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 6353 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 6354 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 6355 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 6356 in rulesets. 6357 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 6358 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 6359 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 6360 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 6361 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 6362 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 6363 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 6364 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 6365 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 6366 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 6367 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 6368 on that basis. 6369 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 6370 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 6371 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 6372 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 6373 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 6374 Vixie. 6375 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 6376 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 6377 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 6378 See also the src/READ_ME file. 6379 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 6380 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 6381 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 6382 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 6383 two characters $, +. 6384 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 6385 debug_dumpstate. 6386 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 6387 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 6388 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 6389 valid recipients. 6390 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 6391 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 6392 noted by Tom May. 6393 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 6394 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 6395 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 6396 Beck of InReference, Inc. 6397 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 6398 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 6399 Computing Corporation. 6400 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 6401 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 6402 Internet Communications. 6403 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 6404 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 6405 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 6406 of Lysator. 6407 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 6408 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 6409 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 6410 of the University of Iceland. 6411 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 6412 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 6413 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 6414 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 6415 this change is a no-op. 6416 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 6417 Costales. 6418 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 6419 Bryan Costales. 6420 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 6421 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6422 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 6423 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6424 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 6425 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6426 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 6427 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 6428 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 6429 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6430 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 6431 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 6432 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 6433 Jones of UUNET. 6434 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 6435 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 6436 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6437 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 6438 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 6439 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 6440 easily determine what messages are to their role as 6441 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 6442 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 6443 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 6444 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 6445 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 6446 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 6447 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 6448 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 6449 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 6450 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 6451 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 6452 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 6453 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 6454 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 6455 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 6456 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 6457 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 6458 of Stanford University. 6459 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 6460 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 6461 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 6462 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 6463 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 6464 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 6465 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 6466 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 6467 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 6468 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 6469 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 6470 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 6471 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6472 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 6473 Motonori Nakamura. 6474 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 6475 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 6476 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 6477 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 6478 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 6479 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 6480 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 6481 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 6482 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 6483 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 6484 value is ".hoststat". 6485 There are also two new operation modes: 6486 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 6487 connections. 6488 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 6489 recent status information. 6490 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 6491 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 6492 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 6493 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 6494 framework is gratefully appreciated. 6495 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 6496 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 6497 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 6498 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 6499 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 6500 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 6501 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 6502 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 6503 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 6504 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 6505 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 6506 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 6507 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 6508 Costales. 6509 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 6510 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6511 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 6512 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 6513 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 6514 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6515 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 6516 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 6517 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 6518 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 6519 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 6520 Webmasters. 6521 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 6522 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 6523 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 6524 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 6525 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 6526 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 6527 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 6528 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 6529 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 6530 of Washington, Seattle. 6531 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 6532 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 6533 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 6534 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 6535 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 6536 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 6537 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 6538 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 6539 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 6540 Nakamura. 6541 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 6542 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 6543 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 6544 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 6545 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 6546 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 6547 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 6548 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 6549 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 6550 well constrained. 6551 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 6552 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 6553 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 6554 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 6555 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 6556 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 6557 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 6558 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 6559 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 6560 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 6561 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 6562 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 6563 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 6564 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 6565 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 6566 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 6567 Wolfhugel. 6568 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 6569 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 6570 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 6571 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 6572 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6573 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 6574 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6575 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 6576 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 6577 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 6578 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 6579 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 6580 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 6581 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 6582 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 6583 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 6584 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 6585 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 6586 National University of Singapore. 6587 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 6588 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 6589 system can't cope with. 6590 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6591 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 6592 Atlas International. 6593 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 6594 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 6595 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 6596 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 6597 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 6598 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 6599 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 6600 Bernstein and Associates. 6601 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 6602 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 6603 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 6604 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 6605 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6606 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 6607 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 6608 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 6609 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 6610 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 6611 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 6612 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 6613 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 6614 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6615 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 6616 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6617 Institute. 6618 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 6619 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 6620 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 6621 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 6622 Employment Standards Administration. 6623 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 6624 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 6625 Jr. 6626 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 6627 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 6628 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 6629 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 6630 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 6631 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 6632 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 6633 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 6634 of the University of Arizona. 6635 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 6636 Vanderbilt University. 6637 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 6638 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 6639 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 6640 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 6641 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 6642 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6643 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 6644 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 6645 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 6646 Foundation. 6647 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 6648 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 6649 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 6650 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 6651 Myers of CMU. 6652 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 6653 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 6654 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 6655 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 6656 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 6657 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 6658 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 6659 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 6660 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 6661 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 6662 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 6663 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 6664 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 6665 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 6666 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 6667 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 6668 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 6669 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6670 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 6671 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 6672 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 6673 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 6674 info@foo.com foo-info 6675 info@bar.com bar-info 6676 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 6677 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 6678 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 6679 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 6680 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 6681 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 6682 a great many people. 6683 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 6684 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 6685 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 6686 "fax" mailer. 6687 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 6688 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 6689 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 6690 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 6691 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 6692 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 6693 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 6694 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 6695 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 6696 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 6697 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 6698 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 6699 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 6700 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 6701 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 6702 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 6703 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 6704 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 6705 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 6706 of WPI. 6707 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 6708 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 6709 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6710 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 6711 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 6712 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 6713 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 6714 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 6715 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 6716 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6717 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 6718 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 6719 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 6720 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 6721 by Andreas Luik. 6722 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 6723 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 6724 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6725 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 6726 Wolfhugel. 6727 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 6728 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 6729 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 6730 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 6731 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 6732 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 6733 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 6734 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 6735 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 6736 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 6737 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 6738 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 6739 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 6740 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 6741 Costales. 6742 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6743 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 6744 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 6745 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6746 NEW FILES: 6747 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 6748 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 6749 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 6750 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 6751 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 6752 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 6753 mailstats/mailstats.8 6754 praliases/praliases.8 6755 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 6756 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 6757 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 6758 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 6759 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 6760 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 6761 cf/ostype/altos.m4 6762 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 6763 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 6764 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 6765 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 6766 DELETED FILES: 6767 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 6768 contrib/xla/README 6769 contrib/xla/xla.c 6770 RENAMED FILES: 6771 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 6772 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 6773 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 6774 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 6775 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 6776 67778.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 6778 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 6779 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 6780 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 6781 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 6782 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 6783 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 6784 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 6785 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 6786 67878.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 6788 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 6789 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 6790 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 6791 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 6792 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 6793 and others. 6794 67958.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 6796 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6797 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6798 any user (except root). 6799 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6800 version number is unchanged. 6801 68028.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 6803 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 6804 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 6805 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6806 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 6807 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 6808 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 6809 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 6810 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 6811 Costales. 6812 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6813 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 6814 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 6815 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 6816 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 6817 Stanford University. 6818 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 6819 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6820 68218.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 6822 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 6823 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 6824 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 6825 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 6826 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 6827 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 6828 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 6829 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 6830 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 6831 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 6832 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 6833 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 6834 by Kari Hurtta. 6835 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 6836 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 6837 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 6838 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 6839 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 6840 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 6841 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 6842 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 6843 bounces when it should have requeued. 6844 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 6845 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 6846 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 6847 John Hawkinson of Panix. 6848 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 6849 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 6850 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 6851 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 6852 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 6853 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 6854 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 6855 Infobiogen. 6856 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 6857 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 6858 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 6859 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 6860 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 6861 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 6862 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 6863 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 6864 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 6865 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 6866 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 6867 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 6868 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6869 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 6870 underscores. 6871 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 6872 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 6873 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6874 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 6875 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 6876 included even if the user did not request success notification, 6877 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6878 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 6879 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 6880 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 6881 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 6882 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 6883 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 6884 Costales of ICSI. 6885 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 6886 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 6887 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 6888 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 6889 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 6890 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 6891 Technological University. 6892 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 6893 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 6894 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 6895 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6896 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 6897 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 6898 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 6899 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 6900 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 6901 to have the database format of the alias files without the 6902 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 6903 Inc. 6904 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 6905 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 6906 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 6907 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 6908 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 6909 University. 6910 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 6911 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 6912 Association for Progressive Communications. 6913 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 6914 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 6915 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 6916 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 6917 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 6918 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 6919 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 6920 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 6921 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 6922 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 6923 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 6924 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 6925 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 6926 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 6927 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 6928 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 6929 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 6930 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 6931 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6932 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 6933 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 6934 James B. Davis of TCI. 6935 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 6936 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6937 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 6938 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 6939 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 6940 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 6941 isn't supported on all compilers. 6942 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 6943 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 6944 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 6945 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 6946 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 6947 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 6948 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 6949 (France). 6950 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 6951 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 6952 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 6953 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 6954 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 6955 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 6956 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 6957 for different files. 6958 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 6959 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 6960 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6961 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 6962 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 6963 changes). 6964 69658.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 6966 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 6967 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 6968 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 6969 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6970 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 6971 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 6972 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 6973 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 6974 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 6975 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6976 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 6977 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 6978 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 6979 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 6980 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 6981 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 6982 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 6983 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 6984 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 6985 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 6986 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 6987 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 6988 results. This could have security implications. 6989 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 6990 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 6991 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 6992 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 6993 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 6994 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 6995 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 6996 Elz. 6997 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 6998 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 6999 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 7000 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 7001 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 7002 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 7003 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 7004 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 7005 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 7006 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 7007 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 7008 domain names are your friends. 7009 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 7010 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 7011 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 7012 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 7013 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 7014 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 7015 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 7016 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 7017 of TerraNet. 7018 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 7019 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 7020 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 7021 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 7022 of WPI. 7023 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7024 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 7025 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 7026 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 7027 file and SGI standards. From Andre 7028 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 7029 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 7030 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 7031 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 7032 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 7033 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 7034 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 7035 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 7036 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 7037 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7038 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 7039 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 7040 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7041 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 7042 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 7043 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 7044 Infobiogen (France). 7045 NEW FILES: 7046 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7047 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7048 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 7049 70508.7/8.7 1995/09/16 7051 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 7052 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 7053 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 7054 Global Communications. 7055 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 7056 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 7057 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 7058 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 7059 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 7060 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 7061 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7062 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 7063 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 7064 can be confusing. 7065 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7066 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7067 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7068 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7069 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7070 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7071 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7072 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7073 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7074 Maryland. 7075 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7076 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7077 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7078 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7079 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7080 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7081 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7082 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7083 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7084 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7085 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7086 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7087 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7088 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7089 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7090 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7091 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7092 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7093 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7094 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7095 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7096 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7097 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7098 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7099 Swarthmore University. 7100 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7101 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7102 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7103 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7104 ruleset. 7105 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7106 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7107 -d debug flag. 7108 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7109 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7110 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7111 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7112 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7113 and the parsed address. 7114 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7115 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7116 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7117 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7118 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7119 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7120 recipients. 7121 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7122 return the result. 7123 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7124 `mapname' and return the result. 7125 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7126 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7127 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7128 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7129 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7130 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7131 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7132 that functionality. 7133 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7134 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7135 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7136 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7137 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7138 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7139 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7140 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7141 of Michigan Technological University. 7142 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7143 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7144 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7145 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7146 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7147 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7148 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7149 or not. 7150 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7151 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7152 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7153 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7154 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7155 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7156 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7157 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7158 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7159 should have minimal impact on external function. 7160 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7161 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7162 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7163 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7164 7 SevenBitInput 7165 8 EightBitMode 7166 A AliasFile 7167 a AliasWait 7168 B BlankSub 7169 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7170 C CheckpointInterval 7171 c HoldExpensive 7172 D AutoRebuildAliases 7173 d DeliveryMode 7174 E ErrorHeader 7175 e ErrorMode 7176 f SaveFromLine 7177 F TempFileMode 7178 G MatchGECOS 7179 H HelpFile 7180 h MaxHopCount 7181 i IgnoreDots 7182 I ResolverOptions 7183 J ForwardPath 7184 j SendMimeErrors 7185 k ConnectionCacheSize 7186 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7187 L LogLevel 7188 l UseErrorsTo 7189 m MeToo 7190 n CheckAliases 7191 O DaemonPortOptions 7192 o OldStyleHeaders 7193 P PostmasterCopy 7194 p PrivacyOptions 7195 Q QueueDirectory 7196 q QueueFactor 7197 R DontPruneRoutes 7198 r, T Timeout 7199 S StatusFile 7200 s SuperSafe 7201 t TimeZoneSpec 7202 u DefaultUser 7203 U UserDatabaseSpec 7204 V FallbackMXHost 7205 v Verbose 7206 w TryNullMXList 7207 x QueueLA 7208 X RefuseLA 7209 Y ForkEachJob 7210 y RecipientFactor 7211 z ClassFactor 7212 Z RetryFactor 7213 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 7214 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 7215 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 7216 $l UnixFromLine 7217 $o OperatorChars 7218 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 7219 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 7220 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 7221 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 7222 specify "V6" in the configuration. 7223 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 7224 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 7225 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 7226 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 7227 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 7228 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 7229 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 7230 This requires config file support to get right. It does 7231 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 7232 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7233 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 7234 A Addresses are aliasable. 7235 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 7236 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 7237 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 7238 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 7239 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 7240 recipient mailer flags. 7241 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 7242 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 7243 delivery. 7244 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 7245 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 7246 : Check for :include: on this address. 7247 | Check for |program on this address. 7248 / Check for /file on this address. 7249 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 7250 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 7251 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 7252 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 7253 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 7254 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 7255 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7256 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 7257 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 7258 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 7259 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 7260 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 7261 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 7262 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 7263 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 7264 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 7265 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 7266 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 7267 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 7268 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 7269 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 7270 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 7271 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 7272 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 7273 (essentially, the full MIME option). 7274 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 7275 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 7276 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 7277 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 7278 flag is ignored. 7279 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 7280 the setting of F=8. 7281 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 7282 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 7283 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 7284 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 7285 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 7286 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 7287 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 7288 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 7289 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 7290 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 7291 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 7292 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 7293 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 7294 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 7295 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 7296 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 7297 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 7298 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 7299 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 7300 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 7301 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 7302 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 7303 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 7304 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 7305 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 7306 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 7307 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 7308 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 7309 Unicom. 7310 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 7311 fashion as the U= mailer option. 7312 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 7313 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 7314 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 7315 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 7316 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 7317 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 7318 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 7319 from Chip Rosenthal. 7320 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 7321 For example, 7322 O Timeout.helo = 2m 7323 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 7324 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 7325 set them both the preferred new syntax is 7326 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 7327 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 7328 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 7329 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 7330 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 7331 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 7332 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 7333 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 7334 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 7335 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 7336 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 7337 contribution was to make it configurable). 7338 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 7339 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 7340 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 7341 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 7342 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 7343 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 7344 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 7345 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 7346 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 7347 I/O redirection. 7348 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 7349 can be confusing. 7350 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 7351 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 7352 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 7353 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 7354 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 7355 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 7356 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 7357 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 7358 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 7359 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 7360 queue-only. 7361 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 7362 :include: and .forward files. 7363 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 7364 key field name, the value field name, and the field 7365 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 7366 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 7367 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 7368 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 7369 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7370 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 7371 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 7372 Sun Microsystems. 7373 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 7374 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 7375 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 7376 Hutton of Indiana University. 7377 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 7378 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 7379 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 7380 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 7381 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 7382 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7383 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 7384 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 7385 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 7386 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 7387 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 7388 as comments. 7389 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 7390 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 7391 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 7392 are from sysexits.h. 7393 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 7394 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 7395 Kmap1 ... 7396 Kmap2 ... 7397 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 7398 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 7399 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 7400 map2 is searched and the value returned. 7401 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 7402 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 7403 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 7404 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 7405 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 7406 For example, if the declaration of the map is 7407 Ksample switch hosts 7408 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 7409 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 7410 equivalent to 7411 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 7412 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 7413 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 7414 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 7415 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 7416 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 7417 the -m (matchonly) flag. 7418 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 7419 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 7420 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 7421 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 7422 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 7423 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 7424 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 7425 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 7426 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 7427 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 7428 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 7429 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 7430 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 7431 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 7432 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 7433 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 7434 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 7435 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 7436 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 7437 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 7438 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 7439 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 7440 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 7441 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 7442 an /etc/hosts entry reads 7443 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 7444 this change will use the second name as the canonical 7445 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 7446 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 7447 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 7448 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 7449 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 7450 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 7451 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 7452 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 7453 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 7454 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 7455 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 7456 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 7457 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 7458 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 7459 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 7460 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 7461 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 7462 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 7463 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 7464 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 7465 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 7466 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 7467 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 7468 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 7469 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 7470 much longer than the specified timeout. 7471 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 7472 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 7473 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 7474 denial-of-service attack. 7475 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 7476 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 7477 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7478 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 7479 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 7480 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 7481 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 7482 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 7483 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 7484 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 7485 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 7486 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 7487 actually file lookups. 7488 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 7489 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 7490 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 7491 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 7492 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 7493 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 7494 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 7495 support for them has been removed. 7496 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 7497 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 7498 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 7499 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 7500 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 7501 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 7502 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 7503 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 7504 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 7505 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 7506 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 7507 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 7508 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 7509 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 7510 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 7511 also improves the connection cache utilization. 7512 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 7513 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 7514 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 7515 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 7516 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 7517 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 7518 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 7519 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 7520 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 7521 Microsystems. 7522 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 7523 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 7524 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 7525 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 7526 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 7527 option can give the network software time to establish 7528 the link. The default units are seconds. 7529 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 7530 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 7531 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 7532 Defense Information Systems Agency. 7533 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 7534 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 7535 the National Computer Security Center. 7536 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 7537 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 7538 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 7539 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 7540 the mailprio scripts (see below). 7541 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 7542 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 7543 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 7544 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 7545 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 7546 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 7547 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 7548 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 7549 University Computing Service. 7550 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 7551 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 7552 the University of Kentucky. 7553 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 7554 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 7555 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 7556 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 7557 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 7558 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 7559 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 7560 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 7561 Corporation. 7562 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 7563 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 7564 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 7565 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 7566 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 7567 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 7568 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 7569 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 7570 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 7571 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 7572 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 7573 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 7574 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 7575 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 7576 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 7577 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 7578 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 7579 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 7580 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 7581 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 7582 Communications. 7583 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 7584 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 7585 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 7586 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 7587 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 7588 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 7589 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 7590 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 7591 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 7592 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 7593 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 7594 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7595 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 7596 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 7597 on values: 7598 None Leave the message as is. The 7599 message will be passed on even 7600 though it is in technically 7601 illegal syntax. 7602 Add-To Add a To: header with any 7603 recipients that it can find from 7604 the envelope. This risks exposing 7605 Bcc: recipients. 7606 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 7607 has almost no redeeming social value, 7608 and is provided only for back 7609 compatibility. 7610 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 7611 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 7612 which will have the effect of 7613 making the message legal without 7614 exposing Bcc: recipients. 7615 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 7616 There is a chance that mailers down 7617 the line will delete this header, 7618 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 7619 recipients. 7620 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 7621 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 7622 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 7623 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 7624 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 7625 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 7626 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 7627 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 7628 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 7629 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 7630 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 7631 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 7632 For example, if you run with 7633 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 7634 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 7635 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 7636 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 7637 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 7638 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 7639 entries. For example, given the aliases: 7640 list: member1 7641 list: member2 7642 and an alias file declared as: 7643 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 7644 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 7645 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 7646 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7647 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 7648 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 7649 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 7650 Johannesen. 7651 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 7652 to be simpler and more consistent. 7653 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 7654 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 7655 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 7656 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7657 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 7658 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 7659 This may affect some people who have written their own 7660 checkcompat() routine. 7661 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 7662 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 7663 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 7664 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 7665 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 7666 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 7667 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 7668 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 7669 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 7670 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 7671 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 7672 Corporation. 7673 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 7674 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 7675 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 7676 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 7677 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 7678 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 7679 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 7680 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 7681 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 7682 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 7683 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 7684 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 7685 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 7686 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 7687 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 7688 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 7689 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 7690 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 7691 the header. 7692 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7693 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 7694 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 7695 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 7696 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 7697 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 7698 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 7699 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 7700 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 7701 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 7702 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 7703 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 7704 is added between the first and second word of the first 7705 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 7706 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 7707 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 7708 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 7709 old sendmails understand. 7710 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 7711 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 7712 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 7713 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 7714 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 7715 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 7716 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 7717 data -- for example, 7718 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 7719 (romanized/less information) 7720 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 7721 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 7722 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 7723 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 7724 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 7725 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 7726 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 7727 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 7728 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 7729 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 7730 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 7731 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 7732 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 7733 Eric Prestemon of American University. 7734 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 7735 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 7736 increment on the background value). 7737 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 7738 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 7739 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7740 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 7741 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 7742 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 7743 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 7744 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 7745 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 7746 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 7747 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 7748 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 7749 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 7750 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 7751 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 7752 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 7753 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 7754 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 7755 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 7756 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 7757 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 7758 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 7759 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 7760 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 7761 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 7762 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 7763 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 7764 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 7765 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 7766 service type is "files". 7767 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 7768 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 7769 into class "c". 7770 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 7771 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 7772 contributed by SunSoft. 7773 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 7774 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 7775 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 7776 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 7777 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 7778 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 7779 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 7780 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 7781 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 7782 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 7783 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 7784 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 7785 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 7786 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7787 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 7788 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 7789 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 7790 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 7791 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 7792 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 7793 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 7794 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 7795 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 7796 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 7797 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 7798 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 7799 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 7800 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 7801 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 7802 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 7803 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 7804 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 7805 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 7806 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 7807 flags. 7808 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 7809 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 7810 Motonori Nakamura. 7811 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 7812 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 7813 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 7814 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 7815 of MIT. 7816 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 7817 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 7818 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 7819 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 7820 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 7821 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 7822 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 7823 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 7824 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 7825 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 7826 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 7827 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 7828 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 7829 the make. 7830 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 7831 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 7832 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 7833 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 7834 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 7835 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 7836 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 7837 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 7838 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 7839 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 7840 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 7841 of Sun Microsystems. 7842 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 7843 is at least 50% faster. 7844 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 7845 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 7846 University. 7847 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 7848 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7849 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 7850 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 7851 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 7852 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 7853 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 7854 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 7855 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 7856 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 7857 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 7858 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 7859 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 7860 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 7861 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 7862 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 7863 Carnegie Mellon. 7864 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 7865 support. 7866 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 7867 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 7868 Global Information Solutions. 7869 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 7870 From Motonori Nakamura. 7871 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 7872 Motonori Nakamura. 7873 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 7874 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 7875 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 7876 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 7877 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 7878 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 7879 James of British Telecom. 7880 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 7881 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 7882 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 7883 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 7884 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 7885 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 7886 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 7887 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 7888 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 7889 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 7890 a bad guy can read your private files. 7891 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7892 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 7893 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 7894 University. This expands the disk size 7895 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 7896 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 7897 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 7898 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 7899 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 7900 Linux Makefile typo. 7901 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 7902 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 7903 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 7904 University, Chico. 7905 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 7906 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 7907 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 7908 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 7909 This requires adaptation of code that really 7910 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 7911 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 7912 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 7913 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 7914 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 7915 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 7916 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 7917 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 7918 problems. 7919 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 7920 match all the other configuration files. Fix 7921 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 7922 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 7923 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 7924 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 7925 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 7926 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 7927 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 7928 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 7929 Wemm of DIALix. 7930 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 7931 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 7932 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 7933 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 7934 of Ohio State University. 7935 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 7936 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 7937 University. 7938 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 7939 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 7940 Mainz. 7941 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 7942 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 7943 wrong statfs call). 7944 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 7945 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 7946 University. 7947 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7948 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 7949 Rochester Medical Center. 7950 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 7951 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 7952 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 7953 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 7954 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 7955 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 7956 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 7957 Division. 7958 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 7959 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 7960 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 7961 Durand of I.M.A.G. 7962 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 7963 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 7964 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 7965 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 7966 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 7967 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 7968 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7969 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 7970 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 7971 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 7972 of Meteo France. 7973 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 7974 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 7975 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 7976 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 7977 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 7978 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 7979 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 7980 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 7981 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 7982 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 7983 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 7984 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 7985 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 7986 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 7987 of Colorado. 7988 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 7989 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 7990 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 7991 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 7992 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 7993 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 7994 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 7995 on the file, but it should be quite small. 7996 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 7997 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 7998 giving the local administrator more control over what 7999 programs can be run from sendmail. 8000 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 8001 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 8002 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 8003 never will. 8004 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 8005 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 8006 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 8007 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 8008 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 8009 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 8010 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 8011 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8012 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 8013 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 8014 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 8015 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 8016 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 8017 arbitrary directory -- use either: 8018 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8019 or 8020 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8021 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 8022 can use: 8023 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 8024 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 8025 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 8026 compatibility. 8027 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 8028 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 8029 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 8030 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 8031 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 8032 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 8033 County. 8034 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 8035 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 8036 just unqualified ones. 8037 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 8038 was never used and didn't work anyway. 8039 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 8040 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 8041 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 8042 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 8043 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 8044 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 8045 centralized hub. 8046 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 8047 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 8048 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 8049 this is expected to be another sendmail. 8050 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 8051 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 8052 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 8053 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 8054 Rosenthal of Unicom. 8055 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 8056 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 8057 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 8058 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 8059 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 8060 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 8061 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 8062 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 8063 but it is a no-op. 8064 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8065 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8066 as User Unknown. 8067 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8068 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8069 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8070 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8071 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8072 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8073 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8074 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8075 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8076 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8077 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8078 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8079 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8080 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8081 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8082 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8083 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8084 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8085 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8086 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8087 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8088 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8089 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8090 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8091 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8092 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8093 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8094 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8095 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8096 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8097 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8098 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8099 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8100 assumed. 8101 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8102 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8103 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8104 Information Systems Agency. 8105 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8106 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8107 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8108 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8109 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8110 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8111 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8112 that really can be used in the real world. 8113 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8114 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8115 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8116 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8117 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8118 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8119 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8120 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8121 by Scott Hutton. 8122 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8123 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8124 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8125 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8126 people. 8127 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8128 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8129 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8130 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8131 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8132 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8133 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8134 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8135 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8136 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8137 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8138 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8139 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8140 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8141 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8142 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8143 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8144 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8145 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8146 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8147 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8148 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8149 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8150 by Kimmo Suominen. 8151 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8152 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8153 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8154 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8155 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8156 NEW FILES: 8157 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8158 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8159 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8160 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8161 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8162 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8163 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8164 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8165 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8166 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8167 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8168 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8169 cf/domain/generic.m4 8170 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8171 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8172 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8173 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8174 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8175 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8176 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8177 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8178 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8179 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8180 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8181 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8182 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8183 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8184 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8185 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8186 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8187 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8188 contrib/bsdi.mc 8189 contrib/mailprio 8190 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8191 mail.local/mail.local.0 8192 makemap/makemap.0 8193 smrsh/README 8194 smrsh/smrsh.0 8195 smrsh/smrsh.8 8196 smrsh/smrsh.c 8197 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8198 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8199 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 8200 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 8201 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 8202 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 8203 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 8204 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 8205 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 8206 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 8207 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 8208 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 8209 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 8210 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 8211 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 8212 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 8213 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 8214 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 8215 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 8216 src/aliases.0 8217 src/mailq.0 8218 src/mime.c 8219 src/newaliases.0 8220 src/sendmail.0 8221 test/t_seteuid.c 8222 RENAMED FILES: 8223 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 8224 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 8225 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 8226 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 8227 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 8228 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 8229 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 8230 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 8231 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 8232 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8233 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8234 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8235 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 8236 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 8237 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 8238 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 8239 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 8240 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 8241 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 8242 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 8243 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 8244 OBSOLETED FILES: 8245 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 8246 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 8247 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 8248 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 8249 cf/cf/knecht.mc 8250 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 8251 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 8252 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 8253 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8254 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8255 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 8256 contrib/rcpt-streaming 8257 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8258 82598.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 8260 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 8261 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 8262 any user (except root). 8263 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 8264 version number is unchanged. 8265 82668.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 8267 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 8268 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 8269 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 8270 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 8271 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 8272 each other!). 8273 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 8274 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 8275 than fork(). 8276 82778.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 8278 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 8279 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 8280 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 8281 message when attempted from IDENT. 8282 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 8283 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 8284 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 8285 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 8286 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 8287 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 8288 partial lines. 8289 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 8290 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 8291 Rob McMahon. 8292 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 8293 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 8294 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 8295 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 8296 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 8297 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 8298 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 8299 Novell Labs Europe. 8300 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 8301 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 8302 Cal State Chico. 8303 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 8304 *Hobbit*. 8305 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 8306 and Liudvikas Bukys. 8307 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 8308 from Spider Boardman. 8309 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8310 with the binaries). 8311 83128.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 8313 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 8314 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 8315 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 8316 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 8317 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 8318 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 8319 implications. 8320 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 8321 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 8322 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 8323 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 8324 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 8325 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 8326 University of Texas. 8327 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 8328 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 8329 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 8330 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 8331 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 8332 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 8333 Data General. 8334 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 8335 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 8336 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 8337 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 8338 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 8339 with a lot of arguments). 8340 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 8341 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 8342 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 8343 Michigan. 8344 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 8345 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 8346 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 8347 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 8348 Thibault. 8349 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 8350 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 8351 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 8352 some of the map code. 8353 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8354 with the binaries). 8355 83568.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 8357 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 8358 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 8359 may have some security implications. 8360 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 8361 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 8362 Hill of the University of Iowa. 8363 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 8364 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 8365 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 8366 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 8367 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 8368 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 8369 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 8370 option. 8371 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 8372 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 8373 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 8374 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 8375 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 8376 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 8377 Rochester. 8378 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 8379 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 8380 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 8381 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 8382 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 8383 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 8384 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 8385 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 8386 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 8387 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 8388 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 8389 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 8390 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 8391 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 8392 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 8393 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 8394 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 8395 messages. 8396 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 8397 message to explain how much space was available and 8398 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 8399 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 8400 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 8401 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 8402 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 8403 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 8404 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 8405 moves things more towards what will probably become a 8406 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 8407 Kapor Enterprises. 8408 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 8409 without recompiling. 8410 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 8411 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 8412 purely cosmetic. 8413 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 8414 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 8415 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 8416 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 8417 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 8418 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 8419 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 8420 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 8421 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 8422 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 8423 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 8424 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 8425 Wolfhugel. 8426 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 8427 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 8428 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 8429 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 8430 refused" response, and that the connection can be 8431 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 8432 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 8433 size around and can never start listening to connections 8434 again. The down side is that someone could start up 8435 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 8436 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 8437 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 8438 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 8439 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 8440 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 8441 implications. 8442 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 8443 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 8444 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 8445 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 8446 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 8447 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 8448 doc directory. This includes some additional 8449 information. 8450 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 8451 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 8452 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 8453 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 8454 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 8455 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 8456 loop the mail, which was bad news. 8457 Portability fixes: 8458 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 8459 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8460 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 8461 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 8462 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8463 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 8464 Newcastle upon Tyne. 8465 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 8466 Corporation. 8467 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 8468 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 8469 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8470 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 8471 New Files: 8472 src/Makefile.CLIX 8473 src/Makefile.NCR3000 8474 doc/changes/Makefile 8475 doc/changes/changes.me 8476 doc/changes/changes.ps 8477 84788.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 8479 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 8480 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 8481 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 8482 84838.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 8484 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 8485 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 8486 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 8487 list. 8488 84898.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 8490 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 8491 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 8492 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 8493 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 8494 valid shell. 8495 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 8496 in the connection cache for a long time under some 8497 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 8498 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 8499 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 8500 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 8501 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 8502 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 8503 from a local user to another local user. From 8504 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8505 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 8506 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 8507 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8508 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 8509 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 8510 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 8511 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 8512 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 8513 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 8514 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 8515 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 8516 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 8517 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 8518 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 8519 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 8520 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 8521 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 8522 BSD-like system. 8523 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 8524 protocol entirely. 8525 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 8526 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 8527 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 8528 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 8529 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 8530 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 8531 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 8532 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 8533 files. 8534 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 8535 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 8536 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 8537 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 8538 of CMU. 8539 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 8540 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 8541 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 8542 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 8543 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 8544 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 8545 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 8546 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 8547 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 8548 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 8549 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 8550 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 8551 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 8552 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 8553 security implications. Suggested by several people. 8554 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 8555 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 8556 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 8557 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 8558 Motonori Nakamura. 8559 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 8560 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 8561 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 8562 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 8563 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 8564 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 8565 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8566 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 8567 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 8568 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 8569 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 8570 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 8571 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 8572 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 8573 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 8574 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 8575 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 8576 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 8577 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 8578 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 8579 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8580 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 8581 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 8582 didn't see the class items being added. 8583 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 8584 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 8585 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 8586 Rutgers. 8587 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 8588 but sets h_errno to a success value. 8589 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 8590 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 8591 address specified in the P option). This fix should 8592 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 8593 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 8594 the problem myself. 8595 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 8596 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 8597 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 8598 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 8599 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 8600 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 8601 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 8602 UUNET. 8603 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 8604 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 8605 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 8606 John Oleynick. 8607 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 8608 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 8609 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 8610 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 8611 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 8612 Nakamura. 8613 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 8614 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 8615 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 8616 University of Washington. 8617 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 8618 don't have an ``=value'' part. 8619 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 8620 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 8621 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 8622 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 8623 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 8624 of Cambridge University. 8625 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 8626 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 8627 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 8628 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 8629 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 8630 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 8631 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 8632 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 8633 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 8634 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 8635 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 8636 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 8637 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 8638 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 8639 a chance. 8640 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 8641 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 8642 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 8643 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 8644 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 8645 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 8646 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 8647 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 8648 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 8649 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 8650 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 8651 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 8652 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 8653 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 8654 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 8655 size for various mailers. 8656 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 8657 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 8658 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8659 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 8660 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 8661 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 8662 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 8663 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 8664 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 8665 system. 8666 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 8667 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 8668 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 8669 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 8670 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 8671 Michel of Thomson CSF. 8672 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 8673 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 8674 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 8675 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 8676 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 8677 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 8678 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 8679 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 8680 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 8681 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 8682 University of Sydney. 8683 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 8684 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 8685 This is because of the known bug where definition of 8686 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 8687 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 8688 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 8689 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 8690 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 8691 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 8692 Suominen. 8693 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 8694 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 8695 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 8696 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 8697 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 8698 Suominen. 8699 Portability fixes: 8700 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 8701 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 8702 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 8703 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 8704 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 8705 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8706 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 8707 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 8708 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 8709 NEW FILES: 8710 src/Makefile.DomainOS 8711 src/Makefile.PTX 8712 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 8713 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 8714 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8715 src/mailq.1 8716 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 8717 doc/op/Makefile 8718 doc/intro/Makefile 8719 doc/usenix/Makefile 8720 87218.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 8722 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 8723 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 8724 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 8725 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 8726 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 8727 permissions they should not have had (usually group 8728 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 8729 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 8730 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 8731 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 8732 Although this does not respond to a specific known 8733 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 8734 Christian Wettergren. 8735 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 8736 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 8737 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 8738 program by putting that in their .forward file. 8739 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 8740 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 8741 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 8742 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 8743 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 8744 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 8745 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 8746 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 8747 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 8748 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 8749 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 8750 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 8751 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 8752 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 8753 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 8754 connection to create problems on the current job. 8755 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 8756 the wrong place. 8757 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 8758 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 8759 problem that ignored the load average in locally 8760 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 8761 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 8762 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 8763 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 8764 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 8765 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 8766 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 8767 when sending error messages. This resulted in 8768 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 8769 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 8770 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 8771 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 8772 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 8773 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8774 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 8775 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 8776 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 8777 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 8778 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 8779 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 8780 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 8781 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 8782 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 8783 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 8784 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 8785 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 8786 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 8787 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 8788 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 8789 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 8790 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 8791 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 8792 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 8793 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 8794 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 8795 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 8796 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 8797 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 8798 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 8799 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 8800 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 8801 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 8802 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 8803 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 8804 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 8805 dot convention. 8806 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 8807 of from a clean exit. 8808 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 8809 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 8810 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 8811 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 8812 as the subject of an error message, even though the 8813 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 8814 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 8815 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 8816 Jones of UUNET. 8817 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 8818 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 8819 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 8820 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 8821 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 8822 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 8823 says that they should be ignored. 8824 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 8825 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 8826 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 8827 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 8828 is not reentrant. 8829 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 8830 documented in the Bat Book. 8831 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 8832 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 8833 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 8834 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 8835 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 8836 code during some parts of connection initialization. 8837 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 8838 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 8839 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 8840 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 8841 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8842 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 8843 of Kyoto University. 8844 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 8845 From P{r Emanuelsson. 8846 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 8847 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 8848 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 8849 Bryan Costales. 8850 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 8851 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 8852 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 8853 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 8854 Nakamura. 8855 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 8856 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 8857 illegal addresses appearing there). 8858 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 8859 BB&N. 8860 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 8861 included. 8862 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 8863 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 8864 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 8865 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 8866 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 8867 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 8868 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 8869 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 8870 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 8871 by the other end closing the connection. From 8872 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 8873 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 8874 to include a host name or other useful information. 8875 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 8876 DeMarco. 8877 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 8878 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 8879 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 8880 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 8881 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 8882 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 8883 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 8884 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 8885 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 8886 this properly). 8887 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 8888 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 8889 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 8890 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 8891 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 8892 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 8893 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 8894 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 8895 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 8896 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 8897 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 8898 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 8899 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 8900 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 8901 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 8902 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 8903 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 8904 of the Institute for Global Communications. 8905 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 8906 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 8907 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 8908 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 8909 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 8910 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 8911 Portability fixes for: 8912 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 8913 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 8914 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 8915 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 8916 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 8917 of Stoner Associates. 8918 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 8919 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 8920 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 8921 of Maryland. 8922 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 8923 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8924 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 8925 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 8926 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 8927 RISC/os. 8928 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 8929 at Chico. 8930 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 8931 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 8932 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 8933 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 8934 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 8935 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 8936 since this is intended only for internal use, the 8937 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 8938 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 8939 addresses when relaying internally. 8940 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 8941 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 8942 provided by Peter Wemm. 8943 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 8944 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 8945 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 8946 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 8947 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 8948 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 8949 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 8950 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 8951 names. 8952 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 8953 rather than letting them get "local configuration 8954 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 8955 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 8956 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 8957 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 8958 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 8959 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 8960 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 8961 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 8962 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 8963 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 8964 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 8965 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 8966 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 8967 of Georgia Tech. 8968 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 8969 Jim Murray of Stratus. 8970 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 8971 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 8972 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 8973 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 8974 the local name prepended. 8975 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 8976 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 8977 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 8978 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 8979 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 8980 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 8981 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 8982 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 8983 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 8984 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 8985 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 8986 :include: files and accounts that have shells 8987 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 8988 cause some .forward files that have worked 8989 before to start failing. 8990 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 8991 NEW FILES: 8992 src/Makefile.DGUX 8993 src/Makefile.Dynix 8994 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 8995 src/Makefile.Mach386 8996 src/Makefile.NetBSD 8997 src/Makefile.RISCos 8998 src/Makefile.SCO 8999 src/Makefile.SVR4 9000 src/Makefile.Titan 9001 cf/mailer/pop.m4 9002 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 9003 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 9004 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 9005 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 9006 makemap/Makefile.dist 9007 praliases/Makefile.dist 9008 90098.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 9010 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 9011 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 9012 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 9013 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 9014 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 9015 class of attack. 9016 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 9017 in a few critical places. 9018 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 9019 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 9020 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 9021 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 9022 and High-Energy Physics. 9023 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 9024 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 9025 Eric Wassenaar. 9026 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 9027 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 9028 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 9029 Wassenaar. 9030 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 9031 really become relevant in the next release, but some 9032 people need it for local patches. From Michael 9033 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9034 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 9035 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 9036 these can have different values depending on which 9037 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 9038 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 9039 what uid/gid processes ran as. 9040 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 9041 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 9042 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 9043 postmaster" case. 9044 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 9045 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 9046 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 9047 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 9048 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 9049 Christopher Davis. 9050 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 9051 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 9052 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 9053 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9054 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 9055 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 9056 90578.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 9058 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 9059 addresses that get return-receipts. 9060 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 9061 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 9062 and end up sending the message several times. 9063 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 9064 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9065 four hours". 9066 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9067 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9068 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9069 Cornell University Medical College. 9070 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9071 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9072 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9073 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9074 Wassenaar. 9075 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9076 connections fail during message collection. From 9077 Eric Wassenaar. 9078 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9079 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9080 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9081 Stratus. 9082 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9083 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9084 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9085 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9086 by non-root users were not put into 9087 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9088 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9089 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9090 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9091 could get confused as to whether a database was 9092 open or not. 9093 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9094 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9095 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9096 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9097 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9098 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9099 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9100 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9101 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9102 91038.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9104 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9105 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9106 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9107 propagated to the queue file. 9108 91098.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9110 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9111 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9112 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9113 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9114 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9115 header files but don't have the syscall. 9116 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9117 if trymx == FALSE. 9118 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9119 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9120 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9121 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9122 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9123 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9124 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9125 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9126 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9127 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9128 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9129 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9130 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9131 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9132 Kanbe. 9133 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9134 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9135 Wisner of The Well. 9136 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9137 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9138 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9139 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9140 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9141 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9142 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9143 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9144 read permission. 9145 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9146 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9147 MX suppression will still work. 9148 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9149 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9150 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9151 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9152 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9153 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9154 Nakamura. 9155 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9156 "CX $Z" works. 9157 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9158 trying to send the original message if the connection 9159 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9160 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9161 by John Myers of CMU. 9162 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9163 term bug. 9164 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9165 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9166 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9167 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9168 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9169 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9170 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9171 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9172 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9173 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9174 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9175 level. 9176 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9177 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9178 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9179 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9180 address. 9181 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9182 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9183 Harvey Mudd College. 9184 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9185 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9186 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9187 their full name information. 9188 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9189 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9190 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9191 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9192 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9193 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9194 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9195 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9196 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9197 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9198 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9199 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 9200 PC TCP/IP implementations. 9201 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 9202 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 9203 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 9204 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 9205 names. 9206 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 9207 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 9208 helpful. 9209 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 9210 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 9211 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 9212 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9213 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 9214 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 9215 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 9216 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 9217 that claims to be itself works properly. 9218 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 9219 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 9220 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 9221 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 9222 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 9223 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 9224 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9225 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 9226 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 9227 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 9228 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 9229 scratch. 9230 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 9231 true address to still send to the original address 9232 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 9233 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 9234 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 9235 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 9236 more trouble than it was worth. 9237 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 9238 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 9239 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 9240 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 9241 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 9242 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 9243 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 9244 the queue. 9245 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 9246 messages don't come out with stale information. 9247 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 9248 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 9249 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 9250 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 9251 Myers of CMU. 9252 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 9253 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 9254 Corrigan. 9255 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 9256 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 9257 sender address. 9258 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 9259 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 9260 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 9261 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 9262 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 9263 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 9264 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 9265 that does bulk data transfer). 9266 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 9267 Amir Plivatsky. 9268 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 9269 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 9270 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 9271 bogus config files that were not caught. 9272 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 9273 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 9274 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 9275 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 9276 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 9277 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 9278 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 9279 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 9280 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 9281 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 9282 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 9283 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 9284 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 9285 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 9286 opened or if running with no database format defined. 9287 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 9288 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9289 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 9290 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 9291 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 9292 Melbourne. 9293 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 9294 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 9295 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 9296 to match regular entries. 9297 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 9298 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 9299 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 9300 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 9301 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 9302 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 9303 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 9304 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 9305 error message so that the "subject" line of return 9306 messages is the best possible. 9307 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 9308 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 9309 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 9310 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 9311 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 9312 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 9313 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9314 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 9315 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 9316 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 9317 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 9318 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 9319 on the address. 9320 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 9321 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 9322 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 9323 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 9324 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9325 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 9326 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 9327 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 9328 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 9329 addresses in any detail. 9330 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 9331 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 9332 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 9333 with an address such as "!foo". 9334 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 9335 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 9336 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 9337 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 9338 Bret Marquis. 9339 93408.5/8.5 1993/07/23 9341 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 9342 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 9343 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 9344 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9345 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 9346 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 9347 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 9348 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 9349 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 9350 Nakamura. 9351 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 9352 are no DNS records matching the name. 9353 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 9354 original message was received ... from localhost". 9355 The correct original host information is now included. 9356 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 9357 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 9358 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 9359 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 9360 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 9361 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 9362 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 9363 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 9364 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 9365 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 9366 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 9367 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 9368 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 9369 93708.4/8.4 1993/07/22 9371 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 9372 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 9373 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 9374 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 9375 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 9376 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 9377 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 9378 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 9379 are really configuration errors. This option is 9380 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 9381 UIUC sendmail. 9382 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 9383 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 9384 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 9385 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 9386 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 9387 by Neil Rickert. 9388 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 9389 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 9390 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 9391 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 9392 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 9393 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 9394 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 9395 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 9396 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 9397 of dickering with error handling (see below). 9398 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 9399 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 9400 humans. 9401 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 9402 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 9403 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 9404 repaired). 9405 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 9406 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 9407 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 9408 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 9409 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 9410 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 9411 connection rather than sending QUIT. 9412 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 9413 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 9414 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 9415 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 9416 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9417 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 9418 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 9419 core dumps on some machines. 9420 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 9421 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 9422 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 9423 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 9424 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 9425 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 9426 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 9427 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 9428 some true error conditions. 9429 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 9430 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 9431 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 9432 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 9433 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 9434 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 9435 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 9436 by Motonori Nakamura. 9437 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 9438 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 9439 caused error messages to be handled differently during 9440 a queue run than a direct run. 9441 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 9442 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 9443 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 9444 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 9445 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 9446 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 9447 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 9448 restart it. 9449 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 9450 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 9451 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 9452 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 9453 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 9454 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 9455 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 9456 is appropriately functional. 9457 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 9458 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 9459 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 9460 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 9461 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 9462 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 9463 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 9464 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 9465 Technologies. 9466 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 9467 process group id. The original fix was to get around 9468 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 9469 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 9470 different from the process id. I could try to fix 9471 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 9472 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 9473 things. 9474 Portability changes: 9475 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 9476 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 9477 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 9478 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 9479 of Colorado. 9480 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 9481 help other strict ANSI compilers. 9482 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 9483 Corporation. 9484 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 9485 documentation apparently doesn't define 9486 __STDC__ by default). 9487 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 9488 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 9489 Motonori Nakamura. 9490 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 9491 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 9492 several people have made a good argument that this 9493 creates more problems than it solves (although this 9494 may prove painful in the short run). 9495 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 9496 format. 9497 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 9498 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 9499 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 9500 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 9501 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 9502 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 9503 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 9504 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 9505 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 9506 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 9507 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 9508 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 9509 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 9510 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 9511 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 9512 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9513 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 9514 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 9515 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 9516 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 9517 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 9518 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 9519 environments. Ugly as sin. 9520 95218.3/8.3 1993/07/13 9522 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 9523 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 9524 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 9525 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 9526 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 9527 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 9528 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 9529 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 9530 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 9531 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 9532 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 9533 "user friendly". 9534 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 9535 16 bytes/sec. 9536 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 9537 compatibility library. This also adds a new 9538 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 9539 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 9540 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 9541 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 9542 for quick test cases. 9543 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 9544 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 9545 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 9546 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 9547 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 9548 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 9549 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 9550 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 9551 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 9552 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 9553 From Michael Corrigan. 9554 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 9555 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 9556 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9557 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 9558 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 9559 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 9560 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 9561 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 9562 Christophe Wolfhugel. 9563 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 9564 95658.2/8.2 1993/07/11 9566 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 9567 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 9568 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 9569 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 9570 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 9571 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 9572 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 9573 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 9574 from Bill Wisner. 9575 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 9576 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 9577 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 9578 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 9579 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 9580 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 9581 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 9582 match the other flags in that file. 9583 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 9584 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 9585 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 9586 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 9587 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 9588 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 9589 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 9590 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 9591 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 9592 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 9593 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 9594 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 9595 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 9596 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9597 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 9598 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 9599 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 9600 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 9601 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 9602 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 9603 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 9604 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 9605 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 9606 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 9607 the root and directories leading up to your home); 9608 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 9609 be owned by you. 9610 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 9611 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 9612 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 9613 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 9614 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 9615 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 9616 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 9617 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 9618 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 9619 is separate; this is just intended to work around 9620 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 9621 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 9622 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 9623 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 9624 matching without a null it never tries again with a 9625 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 9626 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 9627 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 9628 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 9629 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 9630 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 9631 it adapts. 9632 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 9633 will insert the appropriate full name information; 9634 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 9635 way. 9636 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 9637 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 9638 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 9639 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 9640 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 9641 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 9642 only happen when there has been another error in the 9643 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 9644 by default in conf.h. 9645 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 9646 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 9647 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 9648 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 9649 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 9650 This output is not intended to be particularly human 9651 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 9652 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 9653 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 9654 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 9655 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 9656 See cf/README for an example. 9657 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 9658 sites that don't use the -d flag. 9659 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 9660 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 9661 has been requested by several people, but can break 9662 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 9663 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 9664 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 9665 broken. Use it sparingly. 9666 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 9667 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 9668 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 9669 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 9670 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 9671 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 9672 Bill Wisner of The Well. 9673 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 9674 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 9675 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 9676 96778.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 9678 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 9679 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 9680 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 9681 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 9682 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 9683 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 9684 96858.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 9686 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 9687 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 9688 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 9689 96908.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 9691 Another mailertable fix.... 9692 96938.1/8.1 1993/06/07 9694 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 9695